1 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2 // Name: src/richtext/richtextbuffer.cpp
3 // Purpose: Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
4 // Author: Julian Smart
8 // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
9 // Licence: wxWindows licence
10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
21 #include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
27 #include "wx/dataobj.h"
28 #include "wx/module.h"
31 #include "wx/settings.h"
32 #include "wx/filename.h"
33 #include "wx/clipbrd.h"
34 #include "wx/wfstream.h"
35 #include "wx/mstream.h"
36 #include "wx/sstream.h"
37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
38 #include "wx/hashmap.h"
39 #include "wx/dynarray.h"
41 #include "wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h"
42 #include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
43 #include "wx/richtext/richtextimagedlg.h"
44 #include "wx/richtext/richtextsizepage.h"
45 #include "wx/richtext/richtextxml.h"
47 #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
48 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
50 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextObjectList
)
51 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextLineList
)
53 // Switch off if the platform doesn't like it for some reason
54 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING 1
56 // Use GetPartialTextExtents for platforms that support it natively
57 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS 1
59 const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar
= (wxChar
) 29;
61 // Helper classes for floating layout
62 struct wxRichTextFloatRectMap
64 wxRichTextFloatRectMap(int sY
, int eY
, int w
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
74 wxRichTextObject
* anchor
;
77 WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(wxRichTextFloatRectMap
*, wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
);
79 int wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp(wxRichTextFloatRectMap
* r1
, wxRichTextFloatRectMap
* r2
)
81 return r1
->startY
- r2
->startY
;
84 class wxRichTextFloatCollector
87 wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect
& availableRect
);
88 ~wxRichTextFloatCollector();
90 // Collect the floating objects info in the given paragraph
91 void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
);
92 void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
, wxRichTextObject
* floating
);
94 // Return the last paragraph we collected
95 wxRichTextParagraph
* LastParagraph();
97 // Given the start y position and the height of the line,
98 // find out how wide the line can be
99 wxRect
GetAvailableRect(int startY
, int endY
);
101 // Given a floating box, find its fit position
102 int GetFitPosition(int direction
, int start
, int height
) const;
103 int GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int start
, int height
) const;
105 // Find the last y position
106 int GetLastRectBottom();
108 // Draw the floats inside a rect
109 void Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
);
111 // HitTest the floats
112 int HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int flags
);
114 // Get floating object count
115 int GetFloatingObjectCount() const { return m_left
.GetCount() + m_right
.GetCount(); }
117 // Get floating objects
118 bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList
& objects
) const;
121 bool DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
);
123 // Do we have this float already?
124 bool HasFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
);
126 bool HasFloats() const { return m_left
.GetCount() >0 || m_right
.GetCount() > 0; }
128 static int SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int point
);
130 static int GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int index
, int startY
, int endY
);
132 static void FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
);
134 static void DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
);
136 static int HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int flags
);
139 wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_left
;
140 wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_right
;
142 wxRect m_availableRect
;
143 wxRichTextParagraph
* m_para
;
147 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
150 for (i
= 0; i
< m_left
.GetCount(); i
++)
152 if (m_left
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
158 for (i
= 0; i
< m_right
.GetCount(); i
++)
160 if (m_right
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
169 // Do we have this float already?
170 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::HasFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
173 for (i
= 0; i
< m_left
.GetCount(); i
++)
175 if (m_left
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
180 for (i
= 0; i
< m_right
.GetCount(); i
++)
182 if (m_right
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
190 // Get floating objects
191 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList
& objects
) const
194 for (i
= 0; i
< m_left
.GetCount(); i
++)
195 objects
.Append(m_left
[i
]->anchor
);
196 for (i
= 0; i
< m_right
.GetCount(); i
++)
197 objects
.Append(m_right
[i
]->anchor
);
203 * Binary search helper function
204 * The argument point is the Y coordinate, and this fuction
205 * always return the floating rect that contain this coordinate
206 * or under this coordinate.
208 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int point
)
210 int end
= array
.GetCount() - 1;
223 int mid
= (start
+ end
) / 2;
224 if (array
[mid
]->startY
<= point
&& array
[mid
]->endY
>= point
)
226 else if (array
[mid
]->startY
> point
)
231 else if (array
[mid
]->endY
< point
)
241 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int index
, int startY
, int endY
)
244 int len
= array
.GetCount();
246 wxASSERT(index
>= 0 && index
< len
);
248 if (array
[index
]->startY
< startY
&& array
[index
]->endY
> startY
)
249 ret
= ret
< array
[index
]->width
? array
[index
]->width
: ret
;
250 while (index
< len
&& array
[index
]->startY
<= endY
)
252 ret
= ret
< array
[index
]->width
? array
[index
]->width
: ret
;
259 wxRichTextFloatCollector::wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect
& rect
) : m_left(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp
), m_right(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp
)
261 m_availableRect
= rect
;
265 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
)
267 int len
= array
.GetCount();
268 for (int i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
272 wxRichTextFloatCollector::~wxRichTextFloatCollector()
274 FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_left
);
275 FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_right
);
278 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int start
, int height
) const
280 if (array
.GetCount() == 0)
283 int i
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, start
);
285 while (i
< (int) array
.GetCount())
287 if (array
[i
]->startY
- last
>= height
)
289 last
= array
[i
]->endY
;
296 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(int direction
, int start
, int height
) const
298 if (direction
== wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT
)
299 return GetFitPosition(m_left
, start
, height
);
300 else if (direction
== wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT
)
301 return GetFitPosition(m_right
, start
, height
);
304 wxASSERT("Never should be here");
309 // Adds a floating image to the float collector.
310 // The actual positioning is done by wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat.
311 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
, wxRichTextObject
* floating
)
313 int direction
= floating
->GetFloatDirection();
315 wxPoint pos
= floating
->GetPosition();
316 wxSize size
= floating
->GetCachedSize();
317 wxRichTextFloatRectMap
*map
= new wxRichTextFloatRectMap(pos
.y
, pos
.y
+ size
.y
, size
.x
, floating
);
320 case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE
:
323 case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT
:
324 // Just a not-enough simple assertion
325 wxASSERT (m_left
.Index(map
) == wxNOT_FOUND
);
328 case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT
:
329 wxASSERT (m_right
.Index(map
) == wxNOT_FOUND
);
334 wxASSERT("Unrecognised float attribute.");
340 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
)
342 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
345 wxRichTextObject
* floating
= node
->GetData();
347 if (floating
->IsFloating())
349 CollectFloat(para
, floating
);
352 node
= node
->GetNext();
358 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextFloatCollector::LastParagraph()
363 wxRect
wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetAvailableRect(int startY
, int endY
)
365 int widthLeft
= 0, widthRight
= 0;
366 if (m_left
.GetCount() != 0)
368 int i
= SearchAdjacentRect(m_left
, startY
);
369 if (i
< (int) m_left
.GetCount())
370 widthLeft
= GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_left
, i
, startY
, endY
);
372 if (m_right
.GetCount() != 0)
374 int j
= SearchAdjacentRect(m_right
, startY
);
375 if (j
< (int) m_right
.GetCount())
376 widthRight
= GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_right
, j
, startY
, endY
);
379 // TODO: actually we want to use the actual image positions to find the
380 // available remaining space, since the image might not be right up against
381 // the left or right edge of the container.
382 return wxRect(widthLeft
+ m_availableRect
.x
, 0, m_availableRect
.width
- widthLeft
- widthRight
, 0);
385 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetLastRectBottom()
388 int len
= m_left
.GetCount();
390 ret
= ret
> m_left
[len
-1]->endY
? ret
: m_left
[len
-1]->endY
;
392 len
= m_right
.GetCount();
394 ret
= ret
> m_right
[len
-1]->endY
? ret
: m_right
[len
-1]->endY
;
400 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
), const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
403 int end
= rect
.y
+ rect
.height
;
405 i
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, start
);
406 if (i
< 0 || i
>= (int) array
.GetCount())
408 j
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, end
);
409 if (j
< 0 || j
>= (int) array
.GetCount())
410 j
= array
.GetCount() - 1;
413 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= array
[i
]->anchor
;
414 wxRichTextRange r
= obj
->GetRange();
415 obj
->Draw(dc
, context
, r
, selection
, wxRect(obj
->GetPosition(), obj
->GetCachedSize()), descent
, style
);
420 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
422 if (m_left
.GetCount() > 0)
423 DrawFloat(m_left
, dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
424 if (m_right
.GetCount() > 0)
425 DrawFloat(m_right
, dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
428 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& WXUNUSED(dc
), wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
431 if (array
.GetCount() == 0)
432 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
433 i
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, pt
.y
);
434 if (i
< 0 || i
>= (int) array
.GetCount())
435 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
436 if (!array
[i
]->anchor
->IsShown())
437 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
439 wxPoint point
= array
[i
]->anchor
->GetPosition();
440 wxSize size
= array
[i
]->anchor
->GetCachedSize();
441 if (point
.x
<= pt
.x
&& point
.x
+ size
.x
>= pt
.x
442 && point
.y
<= pt
.y
&& point
.y
+ size
.y
>= pt
.y
)
444 textPosition
= array
[i
]->anchor
->GetRange().GetStart();
445 * obj
= array
[i
]->anchor
;
446 if (pt
.x
> (pt
.x
+ pt
.x
+ size
.x
) / 2)
447 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
;
449 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
;
452 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
455 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int flags
)
457 int ret
= HitTestFloat(m_left
, dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, flags
);
458 if (ret
== wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
460 ret
= HitTestFloat(m_right
, dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, flags
);
465 // Helpers for efficiency
466 inline void wxCheckSetFont(wxDC
& dc
, const wxFont
& font
)
471 inline void wxCheckSetPen(wxDC
& dc
, const wxPen
& pen
)
473 const wxPen
& pen1
= dc
.GetPen();
474 if (pen1
.IsOk() && pen
.IsOk())
476 if (pen1
.GetWidth() == pen
.GetWidth() &&
477 pen1
.GetStyle() == pen
.GetStyle() &&
478 pen1
.GetColour() == pen
.GetColour())
484 inline void wxCheckSetBrush(wxDC
& dc
, const wxBrush
& brush
)
486 const wxBrush
& brush1
= dc
.GetBrush();
487 if (brush1
.IsOk() && brush
.IsOk())
489 if (brush1
.GetStyle() == brush
.GetStyle() &&
490 brush1
.GetColour() == brush
.GetColour())
498 * This is the base for drawable objects.
501 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextObject
, wxObject
)
503 wxRichTextObject::wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject
* parent
)
511 wxRichTextObject::~wxRichTextObject()
515 void wxRichTextObject::Dereference()
523 void wxRichTextObject::Copy(const wxRichTextObject
& obj
)
526 m_maxSize
= obj
.m_maxSize
;
527 m_minSize
= obj
.m_minSize
;
529 m_range
= obj
.m_range
;
530 m_ownRange
= obj
.m_ownRange
;
531 m_attributes
= obj
.m_attributes
;
532 m_properties
= obj
.m_properties
;
533 m_descent
= obj
.m_descent
;
537 // Get/set the top-level container of this object.
538 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* wxRichTextObject::GetContainer() const
540 const wxRichTextObject
* p
= this;
545 return wxDynamicCast(p
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
552 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int margin
)
554 SetMargins(margin
, margin
, margin
, margin
);
557 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int leftMargin
, int rightMargin
, int topMargin
, int bottomMargin
)
559 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().SetValue(leftMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
560 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().SetValue(rightMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
561 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().SetValue(topMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
562 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().SetValue(bottomMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
565 int wxRichTextObject::GetLeftMargin() const
567 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().GetValue();
570 int wxRichTextObject::GetRightMargin() const
572 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().GetValue();
575 int wxRichTextObject::GetTopMargin() const
577 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().GetValue();
580 int wxRichTextObject::GetBottomMargin() const
582 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().GetValue();
585 // Calculate the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
586 // margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
587 wxRect
wxRichTextObject::GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& outerRect
) const
589 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
590 marginRect
= outerRect
;
591 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
592 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, (wxRichTextObject
*) this);
593 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
597 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
598 void wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
600 if (invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
602 // If this is a floating object, size may not be recalculated
603 // after floats have been collected in an early stage of Layout.
604 // So avoid resetting the cache for floating objects during layout.
605 if (!IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
606 SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize
);
607 SetMaxSize(wxDefaultSize
);
608 SetMinSize(wxDefaultSize
);
612 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
613 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC
& dc
, int units
) const
618 scale
= GetBuffer()->GetScale() / GetBuffer()->GetDimensionScale();
619 int p
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
.GetPPI().x
, units
, scale
);
624 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
625 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi
, int units
, double scale
)
627 // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
629 double pixels
= ((double) units
* (double)ppi
) / 254.1;
633 // If the result is very small, make it at least one pixel in size.
634 if (pixels
== 0 && units
> 0)
640 // Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre
641 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC
& dc
, int pixels
) const
646 scale
= GetBuffer()->GetScale();
648 return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc
.GetPPI().x
, p
, scale
);
651 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi
, int pixels
, double scale
)
653 // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
655 double p
= double(pixels
);
660 int units
= int( p
* 254.1 / (double) ppi
);
664 // Draw the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
665 // Width and height are taken to be the outer margin size, not the content.
666 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& boxRect
, int flags
)
668 // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
669 wxRect marginRect
= boxRect
;
670 wxRect contentRect
, borderRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
672 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
674 // Margin is transparent. Draw background from margin.
675 if (attr
.HasBackgroundColour() || (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED
))
678 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED
)
680 // TODO: get selection colour from control?
681 colour
= wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT
);
684 colour
= attr
.GetBackgroundColour();
687 wxBrush
brush(colour
);
691 dc
.DrawRectangle(borderRect
);
694 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES
)
696 wxRichTextAttr editBorderAttr
= attr
;
697 // TODO: make guideline colour configurable
698 editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetColour(*wxLIGHT_GREY
);
699 editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetWidth(1, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
700 editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetStyle(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID
);
702 DrawBorder(dc
, buffer
, editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect
, flags
);
705 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().IsValid())
706 DrawBorder(dc
, buffer
, attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect
);
708 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().IsValid())
709 DrawBorder(dc
, buffer
, attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline(), outlineRect
);
715 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBorder(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxTextAttrBorders
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
717 int borderLeft
= 0, borderRight
= 0, borderTop
= 0, borderBottom
= 0;
718 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, buffer
? buffer
->GetScale() : 1.0);
720 if (attr
.GetLeft().IsValid() && attr
.GetLeft().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
722 borderLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetLeft().GetWidth());
723 wxColour
col(attr
.GetLeft().GetColour());
725 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
728 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
729 if (attr
.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
731 else if (attr
.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
732 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
733 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
735 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, rect
.x
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
);
738 else if (borderLeft
> 1)
744 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, borderLeft
, rect
.height
);
748 if (attr
.GetRight().IsValid() && attr
.GetRight().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
750 borderRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetRight().GetWidth());
752 wxColour
col(attr
.GetRight().GetColour());
754 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
755 if (borderRight
== 1)
757 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
758 if (attr
.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
760 else if (attr
.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
761 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
762 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
764 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
, rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
+ 1);
767 else if (borderRight
> 1)
773 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
+ rect
.width
- borderRight
, rect
.y
, borderRight
, rect
.height
);
777 if (attr
.GetTop().IsValid() && attr
.GetTop().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
779 borderTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTop().GetWidth());
781 wxColour
col(attr
.GetTop().GetColour());
783 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
786 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
787 if (attr
.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
789 else if (attr
.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
790 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
791 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
793 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
);
796 else if (borderTop
> 1)
802 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, rect
.width
, borderTop
);
806 if (attr
.GetBottom().IsValid() && attr
.GetBottom().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
808 borderBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetBottom().GetWidth());
809 wxColour
col(attr
.GetBottom().GetColour());
811 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
812 if (borderBottom
== 1)
814 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
815 if (attr
.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
817 else if (attr
.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
818 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
819 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
821 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
, rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
);
824 else if (borderBottom
> 1)
830 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
- borderBottom
, rect
.width
, borderBottom
);
837 // Get the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify contentRect (inner)
838 // or marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
839 // Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
842 // | Margin | Border | Padding | CONTENT | Padding | Border | Margin |
844 bool wxRichTextObject::GetBoxRects(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, wxRect
& marginRect
, wxRect
& borderRect
, wxRect
& contentRect
, wxRect
& paddingRect
, wxRect
& outlineRect
)
846 int borderLeft
= 0, borderRight
= 0, borderTop
= 0, borderBottom
= 0;
847 int outlineLeft
= 0, outlineRight
= 0, outlineTop
= 0, outlineBottom
= 0;
848 int paddingLeft
= 0, paddingRight
= 0, paddingTop
= 0, paddingBottom
= 0;
849 int marginLeft
= 0, marginRight
= 0, marginTop
= 0, marginBottom
= 0;
851 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, buffer
? buffer
->GetScale() : 1.0);
853 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().IsValid())
854 marginLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft());
855 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().IsValid())
856 marginRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight());
857 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().IsValid())
858 marginTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop());
859 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().IsValid())
860 marginBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom());
862 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
863 borderLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth());
864 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
865 borderRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth());
866 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
867 borderTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth());
868 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetBottom().GetWidth().IsValid())
869 borderBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetBottom().GetWidth());
871 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
872 paddingLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
873 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight().IsValid())
874 paddingRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight());
875 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
876 paddingTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
877 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom().IsValid())
878 paddingBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom());
880 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
881 outlineLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth());
882 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
883 outlineRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth());
884 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
885 outlineTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth());
886 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth().IsValid())
887 outlineBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth());
889 int leftTotal
= marginLeft
+ borderLeft
+ paddingLeft
;
890 int rightTotal
= marginRight
+ borderRight
+ paddingRight
;
891 int topTotal
= marginTop
+ borderTop
+ paddingTop
;
892 int bottomTotal
= marginBottom
+ borderBottom
+ paddingBottom
;
894 if (marginRect
!= wxRect())
896 contentRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
+ leftTotal
;
897 contentRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
+ topTotal
;
898 contentRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
- (leftTotal
+ rightTotal
);
899 contentRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
- (topTotal
+ bottomTotal
);
903 marginRect
.x
= contentRect
.x
- leftTotal
;
904 marginRect
.y
= contentRect
.y
- topTotal
;
905 marginRect
.width
= contentRect
.width
+ (leftTotal
+ rightTotal
);
906 marginRect
.height
= contentRect
.height
+ (topTotal
+ bottomTotal
);
909 borderRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
+ marginLeft
;
910 borderRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
+ marginTop
;
911 borderRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
- (marginLeft
+ marginRight
);
912 borderRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
- (marginTop
+ marginBottom
);
914 paddingRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
+ marginLeft
+ borderLeft
;
915 paddingRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
+ marginTop
+ borderTop
;
916 paddingRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
- (marginLeft
+ marginRight
+ borderLeft
+ borderRight
);
917 paddingRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
- (marginTop
+ marginBottom
+ borderTop
+ borderBottom
);
919 // The outline is outside the margin and doesn't influence the overall box position or content size.
920 outlineRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
- outlineLeft
;
921 outlineRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
- outlineTop
;
922 outlineRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
+ (outlineLeft
+ outlineRight
);
923 outlineRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
+ (outlineTop
+ outlineBottom
);
928 // Get the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size
929 bool wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, int& leftMargin
, int& rightMargin
,
930 int& topMargin
, int& bottomMargin
)
932 // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
933 wxRect contentRect
, marginRect
, borderRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
934 marginRect
= wxRect(0, 0, 1000, 1000);
936 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
938 leftMargin
= contentRect
.GetLeft() - marginRect
.GetLeft();
939 rightMargin
= marginRect
.GetRight() - contentRect
.GetRight();
940 topMargin
= contentRect
.GetTop() - marginRect
.GetTop();
941 bottomMargin
= marginRect
.GetBottom() - contentRect
.GetBottom();
946 // Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
947 // child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
948 // availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to.
949 // E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent.
950 wxRect
wxRichTextObject::AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& WXUNUSED(parentAttr
), const wxRichTextAttr
& childAttr
, const wxRect
& availableParentSpace
, const wxRect
& availableContainerSpace
)
952 wxRect rect
= availableParentSpace
;
955 scale
= buffer
->GetScale();
957 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, availableContainerSpace
.GetSize());
959 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
960 rect
.width
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
962 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid())
963 rect
.height
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
965 // Can specify either left or right for the position (we're assuming we can't
966 // set the left and right edges to effectively set the size. Would we want to do that?)
967 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft().IsValid())
969 rect
.x
= rect
.x
+ converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft());
971 else if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().IsValid())
973 int x
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight());
974 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE
)
975 rect
.x
= availableContainerSpace
.x
+ availableContainerSpace
.width
- rect
.width
;
980 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop().IsValid())
982 rect
.y
= rect
.y
+ converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop());
984 else if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().IsValid())
986 int y
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom());
987 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE
)
988 rect
.y
= availableContainerSpace
.y
+ availableContainerSpace
.height
- rect
.height
;
993 if (rect
.GetWidth() > availableParentSpace
.GetWidth())
994 rect
.SetWidth(availableParentSpace
.GetWidth());
999 // Dump to output stream for debugging
1000 void wxRichTextObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream
& stream
)
1002 stream
<< GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() << wxT("\n");
1003 stream
<< wxString::Format(wxT("Size: %d,%d. Position: %d,%d, Range: %ld,%ld"), m_size
.x
, m_size
.y
, m_pos
.x
, m_pos
.y
, m_range
.GetStart(), m_range
.GetEnd()) << wxT("\n");
1004 stream
<< wxString::Format(wxT("Text colour: %d,%d,%d."), (int) m_attributes
.GetTextColour().Red(), (int) m_attributes
.GetTextColour().Green(), (int) m_attributes
.GetTextColour().Blue()) << wxT("\n");
1007 // Gets the containing buffer
1008 wxRichTextBuffer
* wxRichTextObject::GetBuffer() const
1010 const wxRichTextObject
* obj
= this;
1011 while (obj
&& !wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextBuffer
))
1012 obj
= obj
->GetParent();
1013 return wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextBuffer
);
1016 // Get the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy
1017 wxPoint
wxRichTextObject::GetAbsolutePosition() const
1019 wxPoint pt
= GetPosition();
1021 wxRichTextObject
* p
= GetParent();
1024 pt
= pt
+ p
->GetPosition();
1031 // Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1032 // information about position
1033 int wxRichTextObject::HitTest(wxDC
& WXUNUSED(dc
), wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
1036 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1038 wxRect rect
= GetRect();
1039 if (pt
.x
>= rect
.x
&& pt
.x
< rect
.x
+ rect
.width
&&
1040 pt
.y
>= rect
.y
&& pt
.y
< rect
.y
+ rect
.height
)
1043 *contextObj
= GetParentContainer();
1044 textPosition
= GetRange().GetStart();
1045 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON
;
1048 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1051 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1052 // lays out the object again using the maximum ('best') size
1053 bool wxRichTextObject::LayoutToBestSize(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
,
1054 const wxRichTextAttr
& parentAttr
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
,
1055 const wxRect
& availableParentSpace
, const wxRect
& availableContainerSpace
,
1058 wxRect availableChildRect
= AdjustAvailableSpace(dc
, buffer
, parentAttr
, attr
, availableParentSpace
, availableContainerSpace
);
1059 wxRect originalAvailableRect
= availableChildRect
;
1060 Layout(dc
, context
, availableChildRect
, availableContainerSpace
, style
);
1062 wxSize maxSize
= GetMaxSize();
1064 // Don't ignore if maxSize.x is zero, since we need to redo the paragraph's lines
1066 if (!attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && maxSize
.x
< availableChildRect
.width
)
1068 // Redo the layout with a fixed, minimum size this time.
1069 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
1070 wxRichTextAttr
newAttr(attr
);
1071 newAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetValue(maxSize
.x
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
1072 newAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetPosition(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE
);
1074 availableChildRect
= AdjustAvailableSpace(dc
, buffer
, parentAttr
, newAttr
, availableParentSpace
, availableContainerSpace
);
1076 // If a paragraph, align the whole paragraph.
1077 // Problem with this: if we're limited by a floating object, a line may be centered
1078 // w.r.t. the smaller resulting box rather than the actual available width.
1079 // FIXME: aligning whole paragraph not compatible with floating objects
1080 if (attr
.HasAlignment() && (!wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() || (GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector() && !GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector()->HasFloats())))
1082 // centering, right-justification
1083 if (attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE
)
1085 availableChildRect
.x
= (originalAvailableRect
.GetWidth() - availableChildRect
.GetWidth())/2 + availableChildRect
.x
;
1087 else if (attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT
)
1089 availableChildRect
.x
= availableChildRect
.x
+ originalAvailableRect
.GetWidth() - availableChildRect
.GetWidth();
1093 Layout(dc
, context
, availableChildRect
, availableContainerSpace
, style
);
1107 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1108 void wxRichTextObject::Move(const wxPoint
& pt
)
1115 * wxRichTextCompositeObject
1116 * This is the base for drawable objects.
1119 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject
, wxRichTextObject
)
1121 wxRichTextCompositeObject::wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
1122 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
1126 wxRichTextCompositeObject::~wxRichTextCompositeObject()
1131 /// Get the nth child
1132 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChild(size_t n
) const
1134 wxASSERT ( n
< m_children
.GetCount() );
1136 return m_children
.Item(n
)->GetData();
1139 /// Append a child, returning the position
1140 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::AppendChild(wxRichTextObject
* child
)
1142 m_children
.Append(child
);
1143 child
->SetParent(this);
1144 return m_children
.GetCount() - 1;
1147 /// Insert the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning
1148 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::InsertChild(wxRichTextObject
* child
, wxRichTextObject
* inFrontOf
)
1152 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(inFrontOf
);
1153 m_children
.Insert(node
, child
);
1156 m_children
.Insert(child
);
1157 child
->SetParent(this);
1162 /// Delete the child
1163 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject
* child
, bool deleteChild
)
1165 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(child
);
1168 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
1169 m_children
.Erase(node
);
1178 /// Delete all children
1179 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteChildren()
1181 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1184 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode
= node
;
1186 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1187 child
->Dereference(); // Only delete if reference count is zero
1189 node
= node
->GetNext();
1190 m_children
.Erase(oldNode
);
1196 /// Get the child count
1197 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildCount() const
1199 return m_children
.GetCount();
1203 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject
& obj
)
1205 wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj
);
1209 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= obj
.m_children
.GetFirst();
1212 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1213 wxRichTextObject
* newChild
= child
->Clone();
1214 newChild
->SetParent(this);
1215 m_children
.Append(newChild
);
1217 node
= node
->GetNext();
1221 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1222 /// information about position
1223 int wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
1226 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1228 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1231 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1233 if (child
->IsShown() && child
->IsTopLevel() && (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS
))
1235 // Just check if we hit the overall object
1236 int ret
= child
->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
1237 if (ret
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
1240 else if (child
->IsShown())
1242 int ret
= child
->HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
1243 if (ret
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
1247 node
= node
->GetNext();
1250 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1253 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
1254 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::FindPosition(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, long index
, wxPoint
& pt
, int* height
, bool forceLineStart
)
1256 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1259 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1261 // Don't recurse if the child is a top-level object,
1262 // such as a text box, because the character position will no longer
1263 // apply. By definition, a top-level object has its own range of
1264 // character positions.
1265 if (!child
->IsTopLevel() && child
->FindPosition(dc
, context
, index
, pt
, height
, forceLineStart
))
1268 node
= node
->GetNext();
1275 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
1277 long current
= start
;
1278 long lastEnd
= current
;
1286 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1289 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1292 child
->CalculateRange(current
, childEnd
);
1295 current
= childEnd
+ 1;
1297 node
= node
->GetNext();
1302 // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
1303 // because its children don't count at this level.
1305 m_range
.SetRange(start
, start
);
1307 // An object with no children has zero length
1308 if (m_children
.GetCount() == 0)
1310 m_ownRange
.SetRange(0, lastEnd
);
1316 // An object with no children has zero length
1317 if (m_children
.GetCount() == 0)
1320 m_range
.SetRange(start
, end
);
1324 /// Delete range from layout.
1325 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
1327 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1331 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= (wxRichTextObject
*) node
->GetData();
1332 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
1334 // Delete the range in each paragraph
1336 // When a chunk has been deleted, internally the content does not
1337 // now match the ranges.
1338 // However, so long as deletion is not done on the same object twice this is OK.
1339 // If you may delete content from the same object twice, recalculate
1340 // the ranges inbetween DeleteRange calls by calling CalculateRanges, and
1341 // adjust the range you're deleting accordingly.
1343 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1345 // No need to delete within a top-level object; just removing this object will do fine
1346 if (!obj
->IsTopLevel())
1347 obj
->DeleteRange(range
);
1349 // Delete an empty object, or paragraph within this range.
1350 if (obj
->IsEmpty() ||
1351 (range
.GetStart() <= obj
->GetRange().GetStart() && range
.GetEnd() >= obj
->GetRange().GetEnd()))
1353 // An empty paragraph has length 1, so won't be deleted unless the
1354 // whole range is deleted.
1355 RemoveChild(obj
, true);
1365 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
1366 wxString
wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
1369 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1372 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1373 wxRichTextRange childRange
= range
;
1374 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1376 childRange
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
1378 wxString childText
= child
->GetTextForRange(childRange
);
1382 node
= node
->GetNext();
1388 /// Get the child object at the given character position
1389 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildAtPosition(long pos
) const
1391 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1394 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1395 if (child
->GetRange().GetStart() == pos
)
1397 node
= node
->GetNext();
1402 /// Recursively merge all pieces that can be merged.
1403 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::Defragment(wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
1405 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1408 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1409 if (range
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1411 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* composite
= wxDynamicCast(child
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
1413 composite
->Defragment(context
);
1415 // Optimization: if there are no virtual attributes, we won't need to
1416 // to split objects in order to paint individually attributed chunks.
1417 // So only merge in this case.
1418 if (!context
.GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
1420 if (node
->GetNext())
1422 wxRichTextObject
* nextChild
= node
->GetNext()->GetData();
1423 if (child
->CanMerge(nextChild
, context
) && child
->Merge(nextChild
, context
))
1425 nextChild
->Dereference();
1426 m_children
.Erase(node
->GetNext());
1429 node
= node
->GetNext();
1432 node
= node
->GetNext();
1436 // If we might have virtual attributes, we first see if we have to split
1437 // objects so that they may be painted with potential virtual attributes,
1438 // since text objects can only draw or measure with a single attributes object
1440 wxRichTextObject
* childAfterSplit
= child
;
1441 if (child
->CanSplit(context
))
1443 childAfterSplit
= child
->Split(context
);
1444 node
= m_children
.Find(childAfterSplit
);
1447 if (node
->GetNext())
1449 wxRichTextObject
* nextChild
= node
->GetNext()->GetData();
1451 // First split child and nextChild so we have smaller fragments to merge.
1452 // Then Merge only has to test per-object virtual attributes
1453 // because for an object with all the same sub-object attributes,
1454 // then any general virtual attributes should be merged with sub-objects by
1455 // the implementation.
1457 wxRichTextObject
* nextChildAfterSplit
= nextChild
;
1459 if (nextChildAfterSplit
->CanSplit(context
))
1460 nextChildAfterSplit
= nextChild
->Split(context
);
1462 bool splitNextChild
= nextChild
!= nextChildAfterSplit
;
1464 // See if we can merge this new fragment with (perhaps the first part of) the next object.
1465 // Note that we use nextChild because if we had split nextChild, the first object always
1466 // remains (and further parts are appended). However we must use childAfterSplit since
1467 // it's the last part of a possibly split child.
1469 if (childAfterSplit
->CanMerge(nextChild
, context
) && childAfterSplit
->Merge(nextChild
, context
))
1471 nextChild
->Dereference();
1472 m_children
.Erase(node
->GetNext());
1474 // Don't set node -- we'll see if we can merge again with the next
1475 // child. UNLESS we split this or the next child, in which case we know we have to
1476 // move on to the end of the next child.
1478 node
= m_children
.Find(nextChildAfterSplit
);
1483 node
= m_children
.Find(nextChildAfterSplit
); // start from the last object in the split
1485 node
= node
->GetNext();
1489 node
= node
->GetNext();
1493 node
= node
->GetNext();
1496 // Delete any remaining empty objects, but leave at least one empty object per composite object.
1497 if (GetChildCount() > 1)
1499 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1502 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
1503 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1504 if (range
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1506 if (child
->IsEmpty())
1508 child
->Dereference();
1509 m_children
.Erase(node
);
1514 node
= node
->GetNext();
1521 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
1522 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream
& stream
)
1524 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1527 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1528 child
->Dump(stream
);
1529 node
= node
->GetNext();
1533 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
1534 /// is invalid for this object.
1535 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
1537 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
1542 wxArrayInt childExtents
;
1549 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1552 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1553 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1555 // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
1556 if (child
->IsFloating() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
1561 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
1562 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
1566 partialExtents
->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize
);
1573 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= range
;
1574 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
1575 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
1576 rangeToUse
= child
->GetOwnRange();
1578 int childDescent
= 0;
1580 // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we're already cached the size,
1581 // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
1582 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
) && child
->GetCachedSize().y
!= 0)
1584 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
1585 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
1587 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, childSize
.y
);
1588 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
1589 descent
= wxMax(descent
, childDescent
);
1591 else if (child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, wxPoint(position
.x
+ sz
.x
, position
.y
), parentSize
, p
))
1593 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, childSize
.y
);
1594 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
1595 descent
= wxMax(descent
, childDescent
);
1597 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
) && (rangeToUse
== child
->GetRange() || child
->IsTopLevel()))
1599 child
->SetCachedSize(childSize
);
1600 child
->SetDescent(childDescent
);
1606 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
1607 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
1612 for (i
= 0; i
< childExtents
.GetCount(); i
++)
1614 partialExtents
->Add(childExtents
[i
] + lastSize
);
1624 node
= node
->GetNext();
1630 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
1631 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
1633 wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(invalidRange
);
1635 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1638 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1639 if (invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_ALL
&& invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
&& child
->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange
))
1643 else if (child
->IsTopLevel())
1645 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && child
->IsFloating() && GetBuffer()->GetFloatCollector() && GetBuffer()->GetFloatCollector()->HasFloat(child
))
1647 // Don't invalidate subhierarchy if we've already been laid out
1651 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
1652 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_NONE
);
1654 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
); // All children must be invalidated if within parent range
1658 child
->Invalidate(invalidRange
);
1659 node
= node
->GetNext();
1663 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1664 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Move(const wxPoint
& pt
)
1666 wxPoint oldPos
= GetPosition();
1668 wxPoint offset
= pt
- oldPos
;
1670 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1673 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1674 wxPoint childPos
= child
->GetPosition() + offset
;
1675 child
->Move(childPos
);
1676 node
= node
->GetNext();
1682 * wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
1683 * This box knows how to lay out paragraphs.
1686 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
)
1688 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
1689 wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent
)
1694 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox()
1696 if (m_floatCollector
)
1698 delete m_floatCollector
;
1699 m_floatCollector
= NULL
;
1703 /// Initialize the object.
1704 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Init()
1708 // For now, assume is the only box and has no initial size.
1709 m_range
= wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1710 m_ownRange
= wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1712 m_invalidRange
= wxRICHTEXT_ALL
;
1714 m_partialParagraph
= false;
1715 m_floatCollector
= NULL
;
1718 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Clear()
1722 if (m_floatCollector
)
1723 delete m_floatCollector
;
1724 m_floatCollector
= NULL
;
1725 m_partialParagraph
= false;
1729 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& obj
)
1733 wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj
);
1735 m_partialParagraph
= obj
.m_partialParagraph
;
1736 m_defaultAttributes
= obj
.m_defaultAttributes
;
1739 // Gather information about floating objects; only gather floats for those paragraphs that
1740 // will not be formatted again due to optimization, after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph
1742 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect
& availableRect
, wxRichTextObject
* untilObj
)
1744 if (m_floatCollector
!= NULL
)
1745 delete m_floatCollector
;
1746 m_floatCollector
= new wxRichTextFloatCollector(availableRect
);
1747 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1748 // Only gather floats up to the point we'll start formatting paragraphs.
1749 while (untilObj
&& node
&& node
->GetData() != untilObj
)
1751 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
1752 wxASSERT (child
!= NULL
);
1754 m_floatCollector
->CollectFloat(child
);
1755 node
= node
->GetNext();
1761 // Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
1762 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleSheet() const
1764 return GetBuffer() ? GetBuffer()->GetStyleSheet() : (wxRichTextStyleSheet
*) NULL
;
1767 // Get the number of floating objects at this level
1768 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjectCount() const
1770 if (m_floatCollector
)
1771 return m_floatCollector
->GetFloatingObjectCount();
1776 // Get a list of floating objects
1777 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList
& objects
) const
1779 if (m_floatCollector
)
1781 return m_floatCollector
->GetFloatingObjects(objects
);
1788 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateRanges()
1792 start
= GetRange().GetStart();
1794 CalculateRange(start
, end
);
1798 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
1801 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1803 int ret
= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1804 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && m_floatCollector
&& (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS
) == 0)
1805 ret
= m_floatCollector
->HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, flags
);
1807 if (ret
== wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
1808 return wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
1816 /// Draw the floating objects
1817 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DrawFloats(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
1819 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && m_floatCollector
)
1820 m_floatCollector
->Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
1823 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph
* from
, wxRichTextParagraph
* to
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
1828 from
->RemoveChild(obj
);
1829 to
->AppendChild(obj
);
1833 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
1838 wxRect
thisRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize());
1840 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
1841 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
1844 if (selection
.IsValid() && GetParentContainer() != this && selection
.WithinSelection(GetRange().GetStart(), GetParentContainer()))
1845 flags
|= wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED
;
1847 // Don't draw guidelines if at top level
1848 int theseFlags
= flags
;
1850 theseFlags
&= ~wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES
;
1851 DrawBoxAttributes(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, thisRect
, theseFlags
);
1853 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
1854 DrawFloats(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
1856 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1859 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1861 if (child
&& !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1863 wxRect
childRect(child
->GetPosition(), child
->GetCachedSize());
1864 wxRichTextRange childRange
= range
;
1865 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
1867 childRange
= child
->GetOwnRange();
1870 if (((style
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE
) == 0) && childRect
.GetTop() > rect
.GetBottom())
1875 else if (((style
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE
) == 0) && childRect
.GetBottom() < rect
.GetTop())
1880 child
->Draw(dc
, context
, childRange
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
1883 node
= node
->GetNext();
1888 /// Lay the item out
1889 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
)
1891 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
1896 wxRect availableSpace
;
1897 bool formatRect
= (style
& wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
) == wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
;
1899 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
1900 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
1902 // If only laying out a specific area, the passed rect has a different meaning:
1903 // the visible part of the buffer. This is used in wxRichTextCtrl::OnSize,
1904 // so that during a size, only the visible part will be relaid out, or
1905 // it would take too long causing flicker. As an approximation, we assume that
1906 // everything up to the start of the visible area is laid out correctly.
1909 wxRect
rect2(0, 0, rect
.width
, rect
.height
);
1910 availableSpace
= GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect2
);
1912 // Invalidate the part of the buffer from the first visible line
1913 // to the end. If other parts of the buffer are currently invalid,
1914 // then they too will be taken into account if they are above
1915 // the visible point.
1917 wxRichTextLine
* line
= GetLineAtYPosition(rect
.y
);
1919 startPos
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart();
1921 Invalidate(wxRichTextRange(startPos
, GetOwnRange().GetEnd()));
1925 availableSpace
= GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect
);
1928 // Fix the width if we're at the top level
1930 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetValue(rect
.GetWidth(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
1932 int leftMargin
, rightMargin
, topMargin
, bottomMargin
;
1933 wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, leftMargin
, rightMargin
,
1934 topMargin
, bottomMargin
);
1939 // The maximum paragraph maximum width, so we can set the overall maximum width for this object
1940 int maxMaxWidth
= 0;
1942 // The maximum paragraph minimum width, so we can set the overall minimum width for this object
1943 int maxMinWidth
= 0;
1945 // If we have vertical alignment, we must recalculate everything.
1946 bool hasVerticalAlignment
= (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
1947 (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP
));
1949 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1951 bool layoutAll
= true;
1953 // Get invalid range, rounding to paragraph start/end.
1954 wxRichTextRange invalidRange
= GetInvalidRange(true);
1956 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_NONE
&& !formatRect
)
1959 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| hasVerticalAlignment
)
1961 else // If we know what range is affected, start laying out from that point on.
1962 if (invalidRange
.GetStart() >= GetOwnRange().GetStart())
1964 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstParagraph
= GetParagraphAtPosition(invalidRange
.GetStart());
1967 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode
= m_children
.Find(firstParagraph
);
1968 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator previousNode
;
1970 previousNode
= firstNode
->GetPrevious();
1975 wxRichTextParagraph
* previousParagraph
= wxDynamicCast(previousNode
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
1976 availableSpace
.y
= previousParagraph
->GetPosition().y
+ previousParagraph
->GetCachedSize().y
;
1979 // Now we're going to start iterating from the first affected paragraph.
1987 // Gather information about only those floating objects that will not be formatted,
1988 // after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph during layout.
1989 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
1990 UpdateFloatingObjects(availableSpace
, node
? node
->GetData() : (wxRichTextObject
*) NULL
);
1992 // A way to force speedy rest-of-buffer layout (the 'else' below)
1993 bool forceQuickLayout
= false;
1995 // First get the size of the paragraphs we won't be laying out
1996 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator n
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1997 while (n
&& n
!= node
)
1999 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(n
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2002 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, child
->GetCachedSize().x
);
2003 maxMinWidth
= wxMax(maxMinWidth
, child
->GetMinSize().x
);
2004 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, child
->GetMaxSize().x
);
2011 // Assume this box only contains paragraphs
2013 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2014 // Unsure if this is needed
2015 // wxCHECK_MSG( child, false, wxT("Unknown object in layout") );
2017 if (child
&& child
->IsShown())
2019 // TODO: what if the child hasn't been laid out (e.g. involved in Undo) but still has 'old' lines
2020 if ( !forceQuickLayout
&&
2022 child
->GetLines().IsEmpty() ||
2023 !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange
)) )
2025 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
2026 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
2027 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, GetBuffer(),
2028 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableSpace
, rect
, style
&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
);
2030 // Layout must set the cached size
2031 availableSpace
.y
+= child
->GetCachedSize().y
;
2032 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, child
->GetCachedSize().x
);
2033 maxMinWidth
= wxMax(maxMinWidth
, child
->GetMinSize().x
);
2034 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, child
->GetMaxSize().x
);
2036 // If we're just formatting the visible part of the buffer,
2037 // and we're now past the bottom of the window, and we don't have any
2038 // floating objects (since they may cause wrapping to change for the rest of the
2039 // the buffer), start quick layout.
2040 if (!hasVerticalAlignment
&& formatRect
&& child
->GetPosition().y
> rect
.GetBottom() && GetFloatingObjectCount() == 0)
2041 forceQuickLayout
= true;
2045 // We're outside the immediately affected range, so now let's just
2046 // move everything up or down. This assumes that all the children have previously
2047 // been laid out and have wrapped line lists associated with them.
2048 // TODO: check all paragraphs before the affected range.
2050 int inc
= availableSpace
.y
- child
->GetPosition().y
;
2054 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2057 if (child
->GetLines().GetCount() == 0)
2059 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
2060 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
2061 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, GetBuffer(),
2062 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableSpace
, rect
, style
&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
);
2064 //child->Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
2067 child
->Move(wxPoint(child
->GetPosition().x
, child
->GetPosition().y
+ inc
));
2069 availableSpace
.y
+= child
->GetCachedSize().y
;
2070 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, child
->GetCachedSize().x
);
2071 maxMinWidth
= wxMax(maxMinWidth
, child
->GetMinSize().x
);
2072 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, child
->GetMaxSize().x
);
2075 node
= node
->GetNext();
2081 node
= node
->GetNext();
2084 node
= m_children
.GetLast();
2085 if (node
&& node
->GetData()->IsShown())
2087 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2088 maxHeight
= child
->GetPosition().y
- (GetPosition().y
+ topMargin
) + child
->GetCachedSize().y
;
2091 maxHeight
= 0; // topMargin + bottomMargin;
2093 // Check the bottom edge of any floating object
2094 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && GetFloatCollector() && GetFloatCollector()->HasFloats())
2096 int bottom
= GetFloatCollector()->GetLastRectBottom();
2097 if (bottom
> maxHeight
)
2101 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetSize().GetWidth().IsValid())
2103 wxRect r
= AdjustAvailableSpace(dc
, GetBuffer(), wxRichTextAttr() /* not used */, attr
, parentRect
, parentRect
);
2104 int w
= r
.GetWidth();
2106 // Convert external to content rect
2107 w
= w
- leftMargin
- rightMargin
;
2108 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, w
);
2109 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, w
);
2113 // TODO: Make sure the layout box's position reflects
2114 // the position of the children, but without
2115 // breaking layout of a box within a paragraph.
2118 // TODO: (also in para layout) should set the
2119 // object's size to an absolute one if specified,
2120 // but if not specified, calculate it from content.
2122 // We need to add back the margins etc.
2124 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
2125 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth
, maxHeight
));
2126 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
2127 SetCachedSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
2130 // The maximum size is the greatest of all maximum widths for all paragraphs.
2132 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
2133 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMaxWidth
, maxHeight
)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2134 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
2135 SetMaxSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
2138 // The minimum size is the greatest of all minimum widths for all paragraphs.
2140 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
2141 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMinWidth
, maxHeight
)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2142 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
2143 SetMinSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
2146 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
2147 (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP
))
2150 int leftOverSpace
= availableSpace
.height
- topMargin
- bottomMargin
- maxHeight
;
2151 if (leftOverSpace
> 0)
2153 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE
)
2155 yOffset
= (leftOverSpace
/2);
2157 else if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM
)
2159 yOffset
= leftOverSpace
;
2163 // Move all the children to vertically align the content
2164 // This doesn't take into account floating objects, unfortunately.
2167 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2170 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2172 child
->Move(wxPoint(child
->GetPosition().x
, child
->GetPosition().y
+ yOffset
));
2174 node
= node
->GetNext();
2179 m_invalidRange
= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
;
2184 /// Get/set the size for the given range.
2185 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* WXUNUSED(partialExtents
)) const
2189 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator startPara
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2190 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator endPara
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2192 // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2193 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2196 // child is a paragraph
2197 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2198 const wxRichTextRange
& r
= child
->GetRange();
2200 if (r
.GetStart() <= range
.GetStart() && r
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetStart())
2206 node
= node
->GetNext();
2209 // Next find the last paragraph containing part of the range
2210 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2213 // child is a paragraph
2214 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2215 const wxRichTextRange
& r
= child
->GetRange();
2217 if (r
.GetStart() <= range
.GetEnd() && r
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetEnd())
2223 node
= node
->GetNext();
2226 if (!startPara
|| !endPara
)
2229 // Now we can add up the sizes
2230 for (node
= startPara
; node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
2232 // child is a paragraph
2233 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2234 const wxRichTextRange
& childRange
= child
->GetRange();
2235 wxRichTextRange rangeToFind
= range
;
2236 rangeToFind
.LimitTo(childRange
);
2238 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
2239 rangeToFind
= child
->GetOwnRange();
2243 int childDescent
= 0;
2244 child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToFind
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
);
2246 descent
= wxMax(childDescent
, descent
);
2248 sz
.x
= wxMax(sz
.x
, childSize
.x
);
2249 sz
.y
+= childSize
.y
;
2251 if (node
== endPara
)
2260 /// Get the paragraph at the given position
2261 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos
, bool caretPosition
) const
2266 // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2267 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2270 // child is a paragraph
2271 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2272 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2276 // Return first child in buffer if position is -1
2280 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
2284 node
= node
->GetNext();
2289 /// Get the line at the given position
2290 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtPosition(long pos
, bool caretPosition
) const
2295 // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2296 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2299 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= (wxRichTextObject
*) node
->GetData();
2300 if (obj
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
2302 // child is a paragraph
2303 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextParagraph
);
2304 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2308 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2311 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2313 wxRichTextRange range
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
2315 if (range
.Contains(pos
) ||
2317 // If the position is end-of-paragraph, then return the last line of
2318 // of the paragraph.
2319 ((range
.GetEnd() == child
->GetRange().GetEnd()-1) && (pos
== child
->GetRange().GetEnd())))
2322 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2327 node
= node
->GetNext();
2330 int lineCount
= GetLineCount();
2332 return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount
-1);
2337 /// Get the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
2338 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtYPosition(int y
) const
2340 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2343 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2344 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2348 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2351 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2353 wxRect
rect(line
->GetRect());
2355 if (y
<= rect
.GetBottom())
2358 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2362 node
= node
->GetNext();
2366 int lineCount
= GetLineCount();
2368 return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount
-1);
2373 /// Get the number of visible lines
2374 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineCount() const
2378 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2381 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2382 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2385 count
+= child
->GetLines().GetCount();
2387 node
= node
->GetNext();
2393 /// Get the paragraph for a given line
2394 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine
* line
) const
2396 return GetParagraphAtPosition(line
->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart());
2399 /// Get the line size at the given position
2400 wxSize
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos
, bool caretPosition
) const
2402 wxRichTextLine
* line
= GetLineAtPosition(pos
, caretPosition
);
2405 return line
->GetSize();
2408 return wxSize(0, 0);
2412 /// Convenience function to add a paragraph of text
2413 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
)
2415 // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2416 // be combined at display time.
2417 // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2419 wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle
;
2420 wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle
;
2422 // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2423 // to the initial text string.
2424 if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2426 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2428 defaultParaStyle
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2431 wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle
, defaultCharStyle
);
2433 wxRichTextAttr
* pStyle
= paraStyle
? paraStyle
: (wxRichTextAttr
*) & defaultParaStyle
;
2434 wxRichTextAttr
* cStyle
= & defaultCharStyle
;
2436 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(text
, this, pStyle
, cStyle
);
2437 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2443 return para
->GetRange();
2446 /// Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
2447 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraphs(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
)
2449 // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2450 // be combined at display time.
2451 // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2453 wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle
;
2454 wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle
;
2456 // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2457 // to the initial text string.
2458 if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2460 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2462 defaultParaStyle
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2465 wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle
, defaultCharStyle
);
2467 wxRichTextAttr
* pStyle
= paraStyle
? paraStyle
: (wxRichTextAttr
*) & defaultParaStyle
;
2468 wxRichTextAttr
* cStyle
= & defaultCharStyle
;
2470 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= NULL
;
2471 wxRichTextParagraph
* lastPara
= NULL
;
2473 wxRichTextRange
range(-1, -1);
2476 size_t len
= text
.length();
2478 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString
, this, pStyle
, cStyle
);
2479 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2488 wxChar ch
= text
[i
];
2489 if (ch
== wxT('\n') || ch
== wxT('\r'))
2493 wxRichTextPlainText
* plainText
= (wxRichTextPlainText
*) para
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2494 plainText
->SetText(line
);
2496 para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString
, this, pStyle
, cStyle
);
2497 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2502 line
= wxEmptyString
;
2513 wxRichTextPlainText
* plainText
= (wxRichTextPlainText
*) para
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2514 plainText
->SetText(line
);
2519 return wxRichTextRange(firstPara
->GetRange().GetStart(), lastPara
->GetRange().GetEnd());
2522 /// Convenience function to add an image
2523 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddImage(const wxImage
& image
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
)
2525 // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2526 // be combined at display time.
2527 // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2529 wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle
;
2530 wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle
;
2532 // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2533 // to the initial text string.
2534 if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2536 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2538 defaultParaStyle
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2541 wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle
, defaultCharStyle
);
2543 wxRichTextAttr
* pStyle
= paraStyle
? paraStyle
: (wxRichTextAttr
*) & defaultParaStyle
;
2544 wxRichTextAttr
* cStyle
= & defaultCharStyle
;
2546 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, pStyle
);
2547 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2549 para
->AppendChild(new wxRichTextImage(image
, this, cStyle
));
2553 return para
->GetRange();
2557 /// Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
2558 /// it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
2561 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertFragment(long position
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& fragment
)
2563 // First, find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2564 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(position
);
2567 wxRichTextAttr originalAttr
= para
->GetAttributes();
2569 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(para
);
2571 // Now split at this position, returning the object to insert the new
2572 // ones in front of.
2573 wxRichTextObject
* nextObject
= para
->SplitAt(position
);
2575 // Special case: partial paragraph, just one paragraph. Might be a small amount of
2576 // text, for example, so let's optimize.
2578 if (fragment
.GetPartialParagraph() && fragment
.GetChildren().GetCount() == 1)
2580 // Add the first para to this para...
2581 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2585 // Iterate through the fragment paragraph inserting the content into this paragraph.
2586 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2587 wxASSERT (firstPara
!= NULL
);
2589 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode
= firstPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2592 wxRichTextObject
* newObj
= objectNode
->GetData()->Clone();
2597 para
->AppendChild(newObj
);
2601 // Insert before nextObject
2602 para
->InsertChild(newObj
, nextObject
);
2605 objectNode
= objectNode
->GetNext();
2612 // Procedure for inserting a fragment consisting of a number of
2615 // 1. Remove and save the content that's after the insertion point, for adding
2616 // back once we've added the fragment.
2617 // 2. Add the content from the first fragment paragraph to the current
2619 // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2620 // 4. Add back the saved content from the first paragraph. If partialParagraph
2621 // is true, add it to the last paragraph added and not a new one.
2623 // 1. Remove and save objects after split point.
2624 wxList savedObjects
;
2626 para
->MoveToList(nextObject
, savedObjects
);
2628 // 2. Add the content from the 1st fragment paragraph.
2629 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2633 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2634 wxASSERT(firstPara
!= NULL
);
2636 if (!(fragment
.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE
))
2637 para
->SetAttributes(firstPara
->GetAttributes());
2639 // Save empty paragraph attributes for appending later
2640 // These are character attributes deliberately set for a new paragraph. Without this,
2641 // we couldn't pass default attributes when appending a new paragraph.
2642 wxRichTextAttr emptyParagraphAttributes
;
2644 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode
= firstPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2646 if (objectNode
&& firstPara
->GetChildren().GetCount() == 1 && objectNode
->GetData()->IsEmpty())
2647 emptyParagraphAttributes
= objectNode
->GetData()->GetAttributes();
2651 wxRichTextObject
* newObj
= objectNode
->GetData()->Clone();
2654 para
->AppendChild(newObj
);
2656 objectNode
= objectNode
->GetNext();
2659 // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2660 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nextParagraphNode
= node
->GetNext();
2661 wxRichTextObject
* nextParagraph
= NULL
;
2662 if (nextParagraphNode
)
2663 nextParagraph
= nextParagraphNode
->GetData();
2665 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetNext();
2666 wxRichTextParagraph
* finalPara
= para
;
2668 bool needExtraPara
= (!i
|| !fragment
.GetPartialParagraph());
2670 // If there was only one paragraph, we need to insert a new one.
2673 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(i
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2674 wxASSERT( para
!= NULL
);
2676 finalPara
= (wxRichTextParagraph
*) para
->Clone();
2679 InsertChild(finalPara
, nextParagraph
);
2681 AppendChild(finalPara
);
2686 // If there was only one paragraph, or we have full paragraphs in our fragment,
2687 // we need to insert a new one.
2690 finalPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph
;
2693 InsertChild(finalPara
, nextParagraph
);
2695 AppendChild(finalPara
);
2698 // 4. Add back the remaining content.
2702 finalPara
->MoveFromList(savedObjects
);
2704 // Ensure there's at least one object
2705 if (finalPara
->GetChildCount() == 0)
2707 wxRichTextPlainText
* text
= new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString
);
2708 text
->SetAttributes(emptyParagraphAttributes
);
2710 finalPara
->AppendChild(text
);
2714 if ((fragment
.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE
) && firstPara
)
2715 finalPara
->SetAttributes(firstPara
->GetAttributes());
2716 else if (finalPara
&& finalPara
!= para
)
2717 finalPara
->SetAttributes(originalAttr
);
2725 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2728 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(i
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2729 wxASSERT( para
!= NULL
);
2731 AppendChild(para
->Clone());
2740 /// Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in 'fragment'.
2741 /// If there was an incomplete paragraph at the end, partialParagraph is set to true.
2742 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& fragment
)
2744 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i
= GetChildren().GetFirst();
2747 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(i
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2748 wxASSERT( para
!= NULL
);
2750 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
2752 fragment
.AppendChild(para
->Clone());
2757 // Now top and tail the first and last paragraphs in our new fragment (which might be the same).
2758 if (!fragment
.IsEmpty())
2760 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= wxDynamicCast(fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2761 wxASSERT( firstPara
!= NULL
);
2763 wxRichTextParagraph
* lastPara
= wxDynamicCast(fragment
.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2764 wxASSERT( lastPara
!= NULL
);
2766 if (!firstPara
|| !lastPara
)
2769 bool isFragment
= (range
.GetEnd() < lastPara
->GetRange().GetEnd());
2771 long firstPos
= firstPara
->GetRange().GetStart();
2773 // Adjust for renumbering from zero
2774 wxRichTextRange
topTailRange(range
.GetStart() - firstPos
, range
.GetEnd() - firstPos
);
2777 fragment
.CalculateRange(0, end
);
2779 // Chop off the start of the paragraph
2780 if (topTailRange
.GetStart() > 0)
2782 wxRichTextRange
r(0, topTailRange
.GetStart()-1);
2783 firstPara
->DeleteRange(r
);
2785 // Make sure the numbering is correct
2786 fragment
.CalculateRange(0, end
);
2788 // Now, we've deleted some positions, so adjust the range
2790 topTailRange
.SetStart(range
.GetLength());
2791 topTailRange
.SetEnd(fragment
.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2795 topTailRange
.SetStart(range
.GetLength());
2796 topTailRange
.SetEnd(fragment
.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2799 if (topTailRange
.GetStart() < lastPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
2801 lastPara
->DeleteRange(topTailRange
);
2803 // Make sure the numbering is correct
2805 fragment
.CalculateRange(0, end
);
2807 // We only have part of a paragraph at the end
2808 fragment
.SetPartialParagraph(true);
2812 // We have a partial paragraph (don't save last new paragraph marker)
2813 // or complete paragraph
2814 fragment
.SetPartialParagraph(isFragment
);
2821 /// Given a position, get the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
2822 /// starting from zero at the start of the buffer.
2823 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos
, bool caretPosition
, bool startOfLine
) const
2830 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2833 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2834 // wxASSERT( child != NULL );
2838 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
2840 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2843 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2844 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
2846 if (lineRange
.Contains(pos
) || pos
== lineRange
.GetStart())
2848 // If the caret is displayed at the end of the previous wrapped line,
2849 // we want to return the line it's _displayed_ at (not the actual line
2850 // containing the position).
2851 if (lineRange
.GetStart() == pos
&& !startOfLine
&& child
->GetRange().GetStart() != pos
)
2852 return lineCount
- 1;
2859 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2861 // If we didn't find it in the lines, it must be
2862 // the last position of the paragraph. So return the last line.
2866 lineCount
+= child
->GetLines().GetCount();
2869 node
= node
->GetNext();
2876 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
2877 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber
) const
2881 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2884 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2885 // wxASSERT(child != NULL);
2889 if (lineNumber
< (int) (child
->GetLines().GetCount() + lineCount
))
2891 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2894 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2896 if (lineCount
== lineNumber
)
2901 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2905 lineCount
+= child
->GetLines().GetCount();
2908 node
= node
->GetNext();
2915 /// Delete range from layout.
2916 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
2918 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2920 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= NULL
;
2923 wxRichTextParagraph
* obj
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2924 // wxASSERT (obj != NULL);
2926 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
2930 // Delete the range in each paragraph
2932 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
2934 // Deletes the content of this object within the given range
2935 obj
->DeleteRange(range
);
2937 wxRichTextRange thisRange
= obj
->GetRange();
2938 wxRichTextAttr thisAttr
= obj
->GetAttributes();
2940 // If the whole paragraph is within the range to delete,
2941 // delete the whole thing.
2942 if (range
.GetStart() <= thisRange
.GetStart() && range
.GetEnd() >= thisRange
.GetEnd())
2944 // Delete the whole object
2945 RemoveChild(obj
, true);
2948 else if (!firstPara
)
2951 // If the range includes the paragraph end, we need to join this
2952 // and the next paragraph.
2953 if (range
.GetEnd() <= thisRange
.GetEnd())
2955 // We need to move the objects from the next paragraph
2956 // to this paragraph
2958 wxRichTextParagraph
* nextParagraph
= NULL
;
2959 if ((range
.GetEnd() < thisRange
.GetEnd()) && obj
)
2960 nextParagraph
= obj
;
2963 // We're ending at the end of the paragraph, so merge the _next_ paragraph.
2965 nextParagraph
= wxDynamicCast(next
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2968 bool applyFinalParagraphStyle
= firstPara
&& nextParagraph
&& nextParagraph
!= firstPara
;
2970 wxRichTextAttr nextParaAttr
;
2971 if (applyFinalParagraphStyle
)
2973 // Special case when deleting the end of a paragraph - use _this_ paragraph's style,
2974 // not the next one.
2975 if (range
.GetStart() == range
.GetEnd() && range
.GetStart() == thisRange
.GetEnd())
2976 nextParaAttr
= thisAttr
;
2978 nextParaAttr
= nextParagraph
->GetAttributes();
2981 if (firstPara
&& nextParagraph
&& firstPara
!= nextParagraph
)
2983 // Move the objects to the previous para
2984 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node1
= nextParagraph
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2988 wxRichTextObject
* obj1
= node1
->GetData();
2990 firstPara
->AppendChild(obj1
);
2992 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next1
= node1
->GetNext();
2993 nextParagraph
->GetChildren().Erase(node1
);
2998 // Delete the paragraph
2999 RemoveChild(nextParagraph
, true);
3002 // Avoid empty paragraphs
3003 if (firstPara
&& firstPara
->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
3005 wxRichTextPlainText
* text
= new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString
);
3006 firstPara
->AppendChild(text
);
3009 if (applyFinalParagraphStyle
)
3010 firstPara
->SetAttributes(nextParaAttr
);
3023 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
3024 wxString
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
3028 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3031 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
3032 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3034 wxRichTextRange childRange
= range
;
3035 childRange
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
3037 wxString childText
= child
->GetTextForRange(childRange
);
3041 if ((childRange
.GetEnd() == child
->GetRange().GetEnd()) && node
->GetNext())
3046 node
= node
->GetNext();
3052 /// Get all the text
3053 wxString
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetText() const
3055 return GetTextForRange(GetOwnRange());
3058 /// Get the paragraph by number
3059 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber
) const
3061 if ((size_t) paragraphNumber
>= GetChildCount())
3064 return (wxRichTextParagraph
*) GetChild((size_t) paragraphNumber
);
3067 /// Get the length of the paragraph
3068 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber
) const
3070 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber
);
3072 return para
->GetRange().GetLength() - 1; // don't include newline
3077 /// Get the text of the paragraph
3078 wxString
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber
) const
3080 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber
);
3082 return para
->GetTextForRange(para
->GetRange());
3084 return wxEmptyString
;
3087 /// Convert zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
3088 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::XYToPosition(long x
, long y
) const
3090 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtLine(y
);
3093 return para
->GetRange().GetStart() + x
;
3099 /// Convert zero-based position to line column and paragraph number
3100 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PositionToXY(long pos
, long* x
, long* y
) const
3102 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(pos
);
3106 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3109 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
3113 node
= node
->GetNext();
3117 *x
= pos
- para
->GetRange().GetStart();
3125 /// Get the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
3126 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
3127 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position
) const
3129 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(position
);
3132 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3136 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
3137 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(position
))
3140 node
= node
->GetNext();
3142 if (position
== para
->GetRange().GetEnd() && para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
3143 return para
->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3148 /// Set character or paragraph text attributes: apply character styles only to immediate text nodes
3149 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, int flags
)
3151 bool characterStyle
= false;
3152 bool paragraphStyle
= false;
3154 if (style
.IsCharacterStyle())
3155 characterStyle
= true;
3156 if (style
.IsParagraphStyle())
3157 paragraphStyle
= true;
3159 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3161 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
3162 bool applyMinimal
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE
) != 0);
3163 bool parasOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY
) != 0);
3164 bool charactersOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY
) != 0);
3165 bool resetExistingStyle
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
) != 0);
3166 bool removeStyle
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE
) != 0);
3168 // Apply paragraph style first, if any
3169 wxRichTextAttr
wholeStyle(style
);
3171 if (!removeStyle
&& wholeStyle
.HasParagraphStyleName() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
3173 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(wholeStyle
.GetParagraphStyleName());
3175 wxRichTextApplyStyle(wholeStyle
, def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet()));
3178 // Limit the attributes to be set to the content to only character attributes.
3179 wxRichTextAttr
characterAttributes(wholeStyle
);
3180 characterAttributes
.SetFlags(characterAttributes
.GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER
));
3182 if (!removeStyle
&& characterAttributes
.HasCharacterStyleName() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
3184 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterAttributes
.GetCharacterStyleName());
3186 wxRichTextApplyStyle(characterAttributes
, def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet()));
3189 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3192 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
3194 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
3196 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3198 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3199 action
->SetRange(range
);
3200 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3203 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3206 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3207 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3209 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
3211 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3212 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3215 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3217 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3218 // not updating the buffer directly.
3219 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3221 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3223 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
3224 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
3226 // Also store the old ones for Undo
3227 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
3232 // If we're specifying paragraphs only, then we really mean character formatting
3233 // to be included in the paragraph style
3234 if ((paragraphStyle
|| parasOnly
) && !charactersOnly
)
3238 // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3239 wxRichTextRemoveStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), style
);
3241 else if (resetExistingStyle
)
3242 newPara
->GetAttributes() = wholeStyle
;
3247 // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3248 // style as seen on the display
3249 wxRichTextAttr
combinedAttr(para
->GetCombinedAttributes(true));
3250 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle
, & combinedAttr
);
3253 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle
);
3257 // When applying paragraph styles dynamically, don't change the text objects' attributes
3258 // since they will computed as needed. Only apply the character styling if it's _only_
3259 // character styling. This policy is subject to change and might be put under user control.
3261 // Hm. we might well be applying a mix of paragraph and character styles, in which
3262 // case we _do_ want to apply character styles regardless of what para styles are set.
3263 // But if we're applying a paragraph style, which has some character attributes, but
3264 // we only want the paragraphs to hold this character style, then we _don't_ want to
3265 // apply the character style. So we need to be able to choose.
3267 if (!parasOnly
&& (characterStyle
|charactersOnly
) && range
.GetStart() != newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3269 wxRichTextRange
childRange(range
);
3270 childRange
.LimitTo(newPara
->GetRange());
3272 // Find the starting position and if necessary split it so
3273 // we can start applying a different style.
3274 // TODO: check that the style actually changes or is different
3275 // from style outside of range
3276 wxRichTextObject
* firstObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3277 wxRichTextObject
* lastObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3279 if (childRange
.GetStart() == newPara
->GetRange().GetStart())
3280 firstObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
3282 firstObject
= newPara
->SplitAt(range
.GetStart());
3284 // Increment by 1 because we're apply the style one _after_ the split point
3285 long splitPoint
= childRange
.GetEnd();
3286 if (splitPoint
!= newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3290 if (splitPoint
== newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3291 lastObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3293 // lastObject is set as a side-effect of splitting. It's
3294 // returned as the object before the new object.
3295 (void) newPara
->SplitAt(splitPoint
, & lastObject
);
3297 wxASSERT(firstObject
!= NULL
);
3298 wxASSERT(lastObject
!= NULL
);
3300 if (!firstObject
|| !lastObject
)
3303 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(firstObject
);
3304 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator lastNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(lastObject
);
3306 wxASSERT(firstNode
);
3309 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= firstNode
;
3313 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
3317 // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3318 wxRichTextRemoveStyle(child
->GetAttributes(), style
);
3320 else if (resetExistingStyle
)
3322 // Preserve the URL as it's not really a formatting style but a property of the object
3324 if (child
->GetAttributes().HasURL() && !characterAttributes
.HasURL())
3325 url
= child
->GetAttributes().GetURL();
3327 child
->GetAttributes() = characterAttributes
;
3330 child
->GetAttributes().SetURL(url
);
3336 // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3337 // style as seen on the display
3338 wxRichTextAttr
combinedAttr(newPara
->GetCombinedAttributes(child
->GetAttributes(), true));
3339 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child
->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes
, & combinedAttr
);
3342 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child
->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes
);
3345 if (node2
== lastNode
)
3348 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
3354 node
= node
->GetNext();
3357 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3358 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3359 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
3364 // Just change the attributes for this single object.
3365 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(wxRichTextObject
* obj
, const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
, int flags
)
3367 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3368 bool withUndo
= flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
;
3369 bool resetExistingStyle
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
) != 0);
3370 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
3372 wxRichTextAction
*action
= NULL
;
3373 wxRichTextAttr newAttr
= obj
->GetAttributes();
3374 if (resetExistingStyle
)
3377 newAttr
.Apply(textAttr
);
3379 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3381 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change Object Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES
, buffer
, obj
->GetContainer(), buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3382 action
->SetRange(obj
->GetRange().FromInternal());
3383 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3384 action
->MakeObject(obj
);
3386 action
->GetAttributes() = newAttr
;
3389 obj
->GetAttributes() = newAttr
;
3391 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3392 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
3395 /// Get the text attributes for this position.
3396 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyle(long position
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3398 return DoGetStyle(position
, style
, true);
3401 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetUncombinedStyle(long position
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3403 return DoGetStyle(position
, style
, false);
3406 /// Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
3407 /// context attributes.
3408 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoGetStyle(long position
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
, bool combineStyles
)
3410 wxRichTextObject
* obj
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3412 if (style
.IsParagraphStyle())
3414 obj
= GetParagraphAtPosition(position
);
3419 // Start with the base style
3420 style
= GetAttributes();
3421 style
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
3423 // Apply the paragraph style
3424 wxRichTextApplyStyle(style
, obj
->GetAttributes());
3427 style
= obj
->GetAttributes();
3434 obj
= GetLeafObjectAtPosition(position
);
3439 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(obj
->GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3440 style
= para
? para
->GetCombinedAttributes(obj
->GetAttributes()) : obj
->GetAttributes();
3443 style
= obj
->GetAttributes();
3451 static bool wxHasStyle(long flags
, long style
)
3453 return (flags
& style
) != 0;
3456 /// Combines 'style' with 'currentStyle' for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
3458 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr
& currentStyle
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, wxRichTextAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxRichTextAttr
& absentAttr
)
3460 currentStyle
.CollectCommonAttributes(style
, clashingAttr
, absentAttr
);
3465 /// Get the combined style for a range - if any attribute is different within the range,
3466 /// that attribute is not present within the flags.
3467 /// *** Note that this is not recursive, and so assumes that content inside a paragraph is not itself
3469 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3471 style
= wxRichTextAttr();
3473 wxRichTextAttr clashingAttrPara
, clashingAttrChar
;
3474 wxRichTextAttr absentAttrPara
, absentAttrChar
;
3476 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= GetChildren().GetFirst();
3479 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3480 if (para
&& !(para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd() || para
->GetRange().GetEnd() < range
.GetStart()))
3482 if (para
->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
3484 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* use box attributes */);
3486 CollectStyle(style
, paraStyle
, clashingAttrPara
, absentAttrPara
);
3490 wxRichTextRange
paraRange(para
->GetRange());
3491 paraRange
.LimitTo(range
);
3493 // First collect paragraph attributes only
3494 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes();
3495 paraStyle
.SetFlags(paraStyle
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH
);
3496 CollectStyle(style
, paraStyle
, clashingAttrPara
, absentAttrPara
);
3498 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator childNode
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3502 wxRichTextObject
* child
= childNode
->GetData();
3503 if (!(child
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd() || child
->GetRange().GetEnd() < range
.GetStart()))
3505 wxRichTextAttr childStyle
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(child
->GetAttributes(), true /* include box attributes */);
3507 // Now collect character attributes only
3508 childStyle
.SetFlags(childStyle
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER
);
3510 CollectStyle(style
, childStyle
, clashingAttrChar
, absentAttrChar
);
3513 childNode
= childNode
->GetNext();
3517 node
= node
->GetNext();
3522 /// Set default style
3523 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3525 m_defaultAttributes
= style
;
3529 /// Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
3530 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3531 /// can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
3532 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3533 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
) const
3536 int matchingCount
= 0;
3538 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3541 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3542 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3546 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3547 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3548 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3550 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3552 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3556 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
3557 // Allow for empty string if no buffer
3558 wxRichTextRange childRange
= child
->GetRange();
3559 if (childRange
.GetLength() == 0 && GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
3560 childRange
.SetEnd(childRange
.GetEnd()+1);
3562 if (!childRange
.IsOutside(range
) && wxDynamicCast(child
, wxRichTextPlainText
))
3565 wxRichTextAttr textAttr
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(child
->GetAttributes());
3567 if (textAttr
.EqPartial(style
, false /* strong test - attributes must be valid in both objects */))
3571 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
3576 node
= node
->GetNext();
3579 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3582 /// Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
3583 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3584 /// can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
3585 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3586 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
) const
3589 int matchingCount
= 0;
3591 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3594 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3595 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3599 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3600 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3601 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3603 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3605 wxRichTextAttr textAttr
= GetAttributes();
3606 // Apply the paragraph style
3607 wxRichTextApplyStyle(textAttr
, para
->GetAttributes());
3610 if (textAttr
.EqPartial(style
, false /* strong test */))
3615 node
= node
->GetNext();
3617 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3620 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& container
)
3622 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3623 if (buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
3624 buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->PrepareContent(container
);
3627 /// Set character or paragraph properties
3628 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
, int flags
)
3630 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3632 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
3633 bool parasOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY
) != 0);
3634 bool charactersOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY
) != 0);
3635 bool resetExistingProperties
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET
) != 0);
3636 bool removeProperties
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE
) != 0);
3638 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3641 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
3643 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
3645 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3647 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change Properties"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3648 action
->SetRange(range
);
3649 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3652 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3655 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3656 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3658 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
3660 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3661 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3664 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3666 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3667 // not updating the buffer directly.
3668 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3670 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3672 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
3673 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
3675 // Also store the old ones for Undo
3676 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
3683 if (removeProperties
)
3685 // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3687 newPara
->GetProperties().RemoveProperties(properties
);
3689 else if (resetExistingProperties
)
3690 newPara
->GetProperties() = properties
;
3692 newPara
->GetProperties().MergeProperties(properties
);
3695 // When applying paragraph styles dynamically, don't change the text objects' attributes
3696 // since they will computed as needed. Only apply the character styling if it's _only_
3697 // character styling. This policy is subject to change and might be put under user control.
3699 // Hm. we might well be applying a mix of paragraph and character styles, in which
3700 // case we _do_ want to apply character styles regardless of what para styles are set.
3701 // But if we're applying a paragraph style, which has some character attributes, but
3702 // we only want the paragraphs to hold this character style, then we _don't_ want to
3703 // apply the character style. So we need to be able to choose.
3705 if (!parasOnly
&& charactersOnly
&& range
.GetStart() != newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3707 wxRichTextRange
childRange(range
);
3708 childRange
.LimitTo(newPara
->GetRange());
3710 // Find the starting position and if necessary split it so
3711 // we can start applying different properties.
3712 // TODO: check that the properties actually change or are different
3713 // from properties outside of range
3714 wxRichTextObject
* firstObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3715 wxRichTextObject
* lastObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3717 if (childRange
.GetStart() == newPara
->GetRange().GetStart())
3718 firstObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
3720 firstObject
= newPara
->SplitAt(range
.GetStart());
3722 // Increment by 1 because we're apply the style one _after_ the split point
3723 long splitPoint
= childRange
.GetEnd();
3724 if (splitPoint
!= newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3728 if (splitPoint
== newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3729 lastObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3731 // lastObject is set as a side-effect of splitting. It's
3732 // returned as the object before the new object.
3733 (void) newPara
->SplitAt(splitPoint
, & lastObject
);
3735 wxASSERT(firstObject
!= NULL
);
3736 wxASSERT(lastObject
!= NULL
);
3738 if (!firstObject
|| !lastObject
)
3741 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(firstObject
);
3742 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator lastNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(lastObject
);
3744 wxASSERT(firstNode
);
3747 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= firstNode
;
3751 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
3753 if (removeProperties
)
3755 // Removes the given properties from the paragraph
3756 child
->GetProperties().RemoveProperties(properties
);
3758 else if (resetExistingProperties
)
3759 child
->GetProperties() = properties
;
3762 child
->GetProperties().MergeProperties(properties
);
3765 if (node2
== lastNode
)
3768 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
3774 node
= node
->GetNext();
3777 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3778 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3779 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
3784 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Reset()
3788 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3789 if (buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
3791 wxRichTextEvent
event(wxEVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET
, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId());
3792 event
.SetEventObject(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3793 event
.SetContainer(this);
3795 buffer
->SendEvent(event
, true);
3798 AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
3800 PrepareContent(*this);
3802 InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
3805 /// Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
3806 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
3808 wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(invalidRange
);
3810 DoInvalidate(invalidRange
);
3813 // Do the (in)validation for this object only
3814 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
3816 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
)
3818 m_invalidRange
= wxRICHTEXT_ALL
;
3820 // Already invalidating everything
3821 else if (m_invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
)
3826 if ((invalidRange
.GetStart() < m_invalidRange
.GetStart()) || m_invalidRange
.GetStart() == -1)
3827 m_invalidRange
.SetStart(invalidRange
.GetStart());
3828 if (invalidRange
.GetEnd() > m_invalidRange
.GetEnd())
3829 m_invalidRange
.SetEnd(invalidRange
.GetEnd());
3833 // Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy
3834 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
3836 Invalidate(invalidRange
);
3838 if (invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
3840 // Now go up the hierarchy
3841 wxRichTextObject
* thisObj
= this;
3842 wxRichTextObject
* p
= GetParent();
3845 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* l
= wxDynamicCast(p
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
3847 l
->DoInvalidate(thisObj
->GetRange());
3855 /// Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
3856 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs
) const
3858 if (m_invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| m_invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
3859 return m_invalidRange
;
3861 wxRichTextRange range
= m_invalidRange
;
3863 if (wholeParagraphs
)
3865 wxRichTextParagraph
* para1
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetStart());
3867 range
.SetStart(para1
->GetRange().GetStart());
3869 // FIXME: be more intelligent about this. Check if we have floating objects
3870 // before the end of the range. But it's not clear how we can in general
3871 // tell where it's safe to stop laying out.
3872 // Anyway, this code is central to efficiency when laying in floating mode.
3873 if (!wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
3875 wxRichTextParagraph
* para2
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetEnd());
3877 range
.SetEnd(para2
->GetRange().GetEnd());
3880 // Floating layout means that all children should be laid out,
3881 // because we can't tell how the whole buffer will be affected.
3882 range
.SetEnd(GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
3887 /// Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
3888 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
)
3890 wxASSERT(styleSheet
!= NULL
);
3896 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetBasicStyle());
3897 if (GetBasicStyle().HasParagraphStyleName())
3899 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* paraDef
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
3902 attr
.Apply(paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
));
3903 SetBasicStyle(attr
);
3908 if (GetBasicStyle().HasCharacterStyleName())
3910 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* charDef
= styleSheet
->FindCharacterStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetCharacterStyleName());
3913 attr
.Apply(charDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
));
3914 SetBasicStyle(attr
);
3919 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3922 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3923 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3927 // Combine paragraph and list styles. If there is a list style in the original attributes,
3928 // the current indentation overrides anything else and is used to find the item indentation.
3929 // Also, for applying paragraph styles, consider having 2 modes: (1) we merge with what we have,
3930 // thereby taking into account all user changes, (2) reset the style completely (except for indentation/list
3931 // exception as above).
3932 // Problem: when changing from one list style to another, there's a danger that the level info will get lost.
3933 // So when changing a list style interactively, could retrieve level based on current style, then
3934 // set appropriate indent and apply new style.
3938 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel())
3939 outline
= para
->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel();
3940 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
3941 num
= para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
3943 if (!para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3945 int currentIndent
= para
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3947 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* paraDef
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3948 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* listDef
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3949 if (paraDef
&& !listDef
)
3951 para
->GetAttributes() = paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3954 else if (listDef
&& !paraDef
)
3956 // Set overall style defined for the list style definition
3957 para
->GetAttributes() = listDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3959 // Apply the style for this level
3960 wxRichTextApplyStyle(para
->GetAttributes(), * listDef
->GetLevelAttributes(listDef
->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent
)));
3963 else if (listDef
&& paraDef
)
3965 // Combines overall list style, style for level, and paragraph style
3966 para
->GetAttributes() = listDef
->CombineWithParagraphStyle(currentIndent
, paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
));
3970 else if (para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3972 int currentIndent
= para
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3974 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* listDef
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3976 // Overall list definition style
3977 para
->GetAttributes() = listDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3979 // Style for this level
3980 wxRichTextApplyStyle(para
->GetAttributes(), * listDef
->GetLevelAttributes(listDef
->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent
)));
3984 else if (!para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3986 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3989 para
->GetAttributes() = def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3995 para
->GetAttributes().SetOutlineLevel(outline
);
3997 para
->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(num
);
4000 node
= node
->GetNext();
4002 return foundCount
!= 0;
4006 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4008 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4009 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet();
4011 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
4012 // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
4013 bool specifyLevel
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL
) != 0);
4014 bool renumber
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER
) != 0);
4016 // Current number, if numbering
4019 wxASSERT (!specifyLevel
|| (specifyLevel
&& (specifiedLevel
>= 0)));
4021 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
4024 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
4026 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
4028 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4030 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change List Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
4031 action
->SetRange(range
);
4032 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
4035 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4038 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
4039 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
4041 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
4043 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
4044 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
4047 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
4049 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
4050 // not updating the buffer directly.
4051 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
4053 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4055 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
4056 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
4058 // Also store the old ones for Undo
4059 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
4066 int thisIndent
= newPara
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4067 int thisLevel
= specifyLevel
? specifiedLevel
: def
->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent
);
4069 // How is numbering going to work?
4070 // If we are renumbering, or numbering for the first time, we need to keep
4071 // track of the number for each level. But we might be simply applying a different
4073 // In Word, applying a style to several paragraphs, even if at different levels,
4074 // reverts the level back to the same one. So we could do the same here.
4075 // Renumbering will need to be done when we promote/demote a paragraph.
4077 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
4078 wxRichTextAttr
listStyle(def
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel
, styleSheet
));
4079 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), listStyle
);
4081 // Now we need to do numbering
4082 // Preserve the existing list item continuation bullet style, if any
4083 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && (para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
))
4084 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle()|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
);
4089 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(n
);
4095 else if (!newPara
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4097 // if def is NULL, remove list style, applying any associated paragraph style
4098 // to restore the attributes
4100 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetListStyleName(wxEmptyString
);
4101 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetLeftIndent(0, 0);
4102 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(wxEmptyString
);
4103 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletStyle(0);
4105 // Eliminate the main list-related attributes
4106 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetFlags(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
& ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
& ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
& ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
& wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
4108 if (styleSheet
&& !newPara
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty())
4110 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
4113 newPara
->GetAttributes() = def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
4120 node
= node
->GetNext();
4123 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
4124 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4125 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
4130 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxString
& defName
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4132 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4133 if (buffer
&& buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
4135 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName
);
4137 return SetListStyle(range
, def
, flags
, startFrom
, specifiedLevel
);
4142 /// Clear list for given range
4143 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, int flags
)
4145 return SetListStyle(range
, NULL
, flags
);
4148 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range
4149 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4151 return DoNumberList(range
, range
, 0, def
, flags
, startFrom
, specifiedLevel
);
4154 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range. Also do promotion or demotion of items, if specified
4155 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextRange
& promotionRange
, int promoteBy
,
4156 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4158 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4159 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet();
4161 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
4162 // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
4164 bool specifyLevel
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL
) != 0);
4167 bool renumber
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER
) != 0);
4169 // Max number of levels
4170 const int maxLevels
= 10;
4172 // The level we're looking at now
4173 int currentLevel
= -1;
4175 // The item number for each level
4176 int levels
[maxLevels
];
4179 // Reset all numbering
4180 for (i
= 0; i
< maxLevels
; i
++)
4182 if (startFrom
!= -1)
4183 levels
[i
] = startFrom
-1;
4184 else if (renumber
) // start again
4187 levels
[i
] = -1; // start from the number we found, if any
4191 wxASSERT(!specifyLevel
|| (specifyLevel
&& (specifiedLevel
>= 0)));
4194 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
4197 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
4199 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
4201 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4203 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Renumber List"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
4204 action
->SetRange(range
);
4205 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
4208 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4211 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
4212 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
4214 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
4216 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
4217 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
4220 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
4222 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
4223 // not updating the buffer directly.
4224 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
4226 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4228 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
4229 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
4231 // Also store the old ones for Undo
4232 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
4237 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* defToUse
= def
;
4240 if (styleSheet
&& !newPara
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4241 defToUse
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4246 int thisIndent
= newPara
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4247 int thisLevel
= defToUse
->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent
);
4249 // If we've specified a level to apply to all, change the level.
4250 if (specifiedLevel
!= -1)
4251 thisLevel
= specifiedLevel
;
4253 // Do promotion if specified
4254 if ((promoteBy
!= 0) && !para
->GetRange().IsOutside(promotionRange
))
4256 thisLevel
= thisLevel
- promoteBy
;
4263 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
4264 wxRichTextAttr
listStyle(defToUse
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel
, styleSheet
));
4265 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), listStyle
);
4267 // Preserve the existing list item continuation bullet style, if any
4268 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && (para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
))
4269 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle()|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
);
4271 // OK, we've (re)applied the style, now let's get the numbering right.
4273 if (currentLevel
== -1)
4274 currentLevel
= thisLevel
;
4276 // Same level as before, do nothing except increment level's number afterwards
4277 if (currentLevel
== thisLevel
)
4280 // A deeper level: start renumbering all levels after current level
4281 else if (thisLevel
> currentLevel
)
4283 for (i
= currentLevel
+1; i
<= thisLevel
; i
++)
4287 currentLevel
= thisLevel
;
4289 else if (thisLevel
< currentLevel
)
4291 currentLevel
= thisLevel
;
4294 // Use the current numbering if -1 and we have a bullet number already
4295 if (levels
[currentLevel
] == -1)
4297 if (newPara
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
4298 levels
[currentLevel
] = newPara
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
4300 levels
[currentLevel
] = 1;
4304 if (!(para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && (para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
)))
4305 levels
[currentLevel
] ++;
4308 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(levels
[currentLevel
]);
4310 // Create the bullet text if an outline list
4311 if (listStyle
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
)
4314 for (i
= 0; i
<= currentLevel
; i
++)
4316 if (!text
.IsEmpty())
4318 text
+= wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), levels
[i
]);
4320 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(text
);
4326 node
= node
->GetNext();
4329 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
4330 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4331 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
4336 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxString
& defName
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4338 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4339 if (buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
4341 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= NULL
;
4342 if (!defName
.IsEmpty())
4343 def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName
);
4344 return NumberList(range
, def
, flags
, startFrom
, specifiedLevel
);
4349 /// Promote the list items within the given range. promoteBy can be a positive or negative number, e.g. 1 or -1
4350 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int specifiedLevel
)
4353 // One strategy is to first work out the range within which renumbering must occur. Then could pass these two ranges
4354 // to NumberList with a flag indicating promotion is required within one of the ranges.
4355 // Find first and last paragraphs in range. Then for first, calculate new indentation and look back until we find
4356 // a paragraph that either has no list style, or has one that is different or whose indentation is less.
4357 // We start renumbering from the para after that different para we found. We specify that the numbering of that
4358 // list position will start from 1.
4359 // Similarly, we look after the last para in the promote range for an indentation that is less (or no list style).
4360 // We can end the renumbering at this point.
4362 // For now, only renumber within the promotion range.
4364 return DoNumberList(range
, range
, promoteBy
, def
, flags
, 1, specifiedLevel
);
4367 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxString
& defName
, int flags
, int specifiedLevel
)
4369 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4370 if (buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
4372 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= NULL
;
4373 if (!defName
.IsEmpty())
4374 def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName
);
4375 return PromoteList(promoteBy
, range
, def
, flags
, specifiedLevel
);
4380 /// Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph. It also finds the
4381 /// position of the paragraph that it had to start looking from.
4382 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph
* previousParagraph
, wxRichTextAttr
& attr
) const
4384 // TODO: add GetNextChild/GetPreviousChild to composite
4385 // Search for a paragraph that isn't a continuation paragraph (no bullet)
4386 while (previousParagraph
&& previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
)
4388 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= ((wxRichTextCompositeObject
*) previousParagraph
->GetParent())->GetChildren().Find(previousParagraph
);
4391 node
= node
->GetPrevious();
4393 previousParagraph
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
4395 previousParagraph
= NULL
;
4398 previousParagraph
= NULL
;
4401 if (!previousParagraph
|| !previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
) || previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
)
4404 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4405 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet();
4406 if (styleSheet
&& !previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4408 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4411 // int thisIndent = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4412 // int thisLevel = def->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
4414 bool isOutline
= (previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
) != 0;
4416 attr
.SetFlags(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
));
4417 if (previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().HasBulletName())
4418 attr
.SetBulletName(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletName());
4419 attr
.SetBulletStyle(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle());
4420 attr
.SetListStyleName(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4422 int nextNumber
= previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber() + 1;
4423 attr
.SetBulletNumber(nextNumber
);
4427 wxString text
= previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
4428 if (!text
.IsEmpty())
4430 int pos
= text
.Find(wxT('.'), true);
4431 if (pos
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
4433 text
= text
.Mid(0, text
.Length() - pos
- 1);
4436 text
= wxEmptyString
;
4437 if (!text
.IsEmpty())
4439 text
+= wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), nextNumber
);
4440 attr
.SetBulletText(text
);
4454 * wxRichTextParagraph
4455 * This object represents a single paragraph (or in a straight text editor, a line).
4458 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
)
4460 wxArrayInt
wxRichTextParagraph::sm_defaultTabs
;
4462 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* style
):
4463 wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent
)
4466 SetAttributes(*style
);
4469 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
, wxRichTextAttr
* charStyle
):
4470 wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent
)
4473 SetAttributes(*paraStyle
);
4475 AppendChild(new wxRichTextPlainText(text
, this, charStyle
));
4478 wxRichTextParagraph::~wxRichTextParagraph()
4484 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int WXUNUSED(descent
), int style
)
4489 // Currently we don't merge these attributes with the parent, but we
4490 // should consider whether we should (e.g. if we set a border colour
4491 // for all paragraphs). But generally box attributes are likely to be
4492 // different for different objects.
4493 wxRect paraRect
= GetRect();
4494 wxRichTextAttr attr
= GetCombinedAttributes();
4495 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
4497 DrawBoxAttributes(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, paraRect
);
4499 // Draw the bullet, if any
4500 if ((attr
.GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
) == 0 && (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
) == 0)
4502 if (attr
.GetLeftSubIndent() != 0)
4504 int spaceBeforePara
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4505 int leftIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetLeftIndent());
4507 wxRichTextAttr
bulletAttr(attr
);
4509 // Combine with the font of the first piece of content, if one is specified
4510 if (GetChildren().GetCount() > 0)
4512 wxRichTextObject
* firstObj
= (wxRichTextObject
*) GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
4513 if (!firstObj
->IsFloatable() && firstObj
->GetAttributes().HasFont())
4515 wxRichTextApplyStyle(bulletAttr
, firstObj
->GetAttributes());
4519 // Get line height from first line, if any
4520 wxRichTextLine
* line
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst() ? (wxRichTextLine
* ) m_cachedLines
.GetFirst()->GetData() : NULL
;
4523 int lineHeight
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0);
4526 lineHeight
= line
->GetSize().y
;
4527 linePos
= line
->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4532 if (bulletAttr
.HasFont() && GetBuffer())
4533 font
= GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr
);
4535 font
= (*wxNORMAL_FONT
);
4537 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
4539 lineHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
4540 linePos
= GetPosition();
4541 linePos
.y
+= spaceBeforePara
;
4544 wxRect
bulletRect(GetPosition().x
+ leftIndent
, linePos
.y
, linePos
.x
- (GetPosition().x
+ leftIndent
), lineHeight
);
4546 if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP
)
4548 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4549 wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawBitmapBullet(this, dc
, bulletAttr
, bulletRect
);
4551 else if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD
)
4553 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4554 wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawStandardBullet(this, dc
, bulletAttr
, bulletRect
);
4558 wxString bulletText
= GetBulletText();
4560 if (!bulletText
.empty() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4561 wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawTextBullet(this, dc
, bulletAttr
, bulletRect
, bulletText
);
4566 // Draw the range for each line, one object at a time.
4568 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
4571 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
4572 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
4574 // Lines are specified relative to the paragraph
4576 wxPoint linePosition
= line
->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4578 // Don't draw if off the screen
4579 if (((style
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE
) != 0) || ((linePosition
.y
+ line
->GetSize().y
) >= rect
.y
&& linePosition
.y
<= rect
.y
+ rect
.height
))
4581 wxPoint objectPosition
= linePosition
;
4582 int maxDescent
= line
->GetDescent();
4584 // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
4585 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4590 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
4592 if ((!child
->IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode()) && child
->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange
) && !lineRange
.IsOutside(range
))
4594 // Draw this part of the line at the correct position
4595 wxRichTextRange
objectRange(child
->GetRange());
4596 objectRange
.LimitTo(lineRange
);
4599 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
4601 objectSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4602 objectRange
= child
->GetOwnRange();
4606 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING && wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4607 if (i
< (int) line
->GetObjectSizes().GetCount())
4609 objectSize
.x
= line
->GetObjectSizes()[(size_t) i
];
4615 child
->GetRangeSize(objectRange
, objectSize
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, objectPosition
);
4619 // Use the child object's width, but the whole line's height
4620 wxRect
childRect(objectPosition
, wxSize(objectSize
.x
, line
->GetSize().y
));
4621 child
->Draw(dc
, context
, objectRange
, selection
, childRect
, maxDescent
, style
);
4623 objectPosition
.x
+= objectSize
.x
;
4626 else if (child
->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange
.GetEnd())
4627 // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
4630 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
4634 node
= node
->GetNext();
4640 // Get the range width using partial extents calculated for the whole paragraph.
4641 static int wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(const wxRichTextParagraph
& para
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxArrayInt
& partialExtents
)
4643 wxASSERT(partialExtents
.GetCount() >= (size_t) range
.GetLength());
4645 if (partialExtents
.GetCount() < (size_t) range
.GetLength())
4648 int leftMostPos
= 0;
4649 if (range
.GetStart() - para
.GetRange().GetStart() > 0)
4650 leftMostPos
= partialExtents
[range
.GetStart() - para
.GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
4652 int rightMostPos
= partialExtents
[range
.GetEnd() - para
.GetRange().GetStart()];
4654 int w
= rightMostPos
- leftMostPos
;
4659 /// Lay the item out
4660 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
)
4662 // Deal with floating objects firstly before the normal layout
4663 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4666 wxRichTextFloatCollector
* collector
= GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector();
4668 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
4670 wxASSERT(collector
!= NULL
);
4672 LayoutFloat(dc
, context
, rect
, parentRect
, style
, collector
);
4675 wxRichTextAttr attr
= GetCombinedAttributes();
4676 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
4680 // Increase the size of the paragraph due to spacing
4681 int spaceBeforePara
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4682 int spaceAfterPara
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
4683 int leftIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetLeftIndent());
4684 int leftSubIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetLeftSubIndent());
4685 int rightIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetRightIndent());
4687 int lineSpacing
= 0;
4689 // Let's assume line spacing of 10 is normal, 15 is 1.5, 20 is 2, etc.
4690 if (attr
.HasLineSpacing() && attr
.GetLineSpacing() > 0 && attr
.HasFont())
4692 wxFont
font(buffer
->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
));
4695 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
4696 lineSpacing
= (int) (double(dc
.GetCharHeight()) * (double(attr
.GetLineSpacing())/10.0 - 1.0));
4700 // Start position for each line relative to the paragraph
4701 int startPositionFirstLine
= leftIndent
;
4702 int startPositionSubsequentLines
= leftIndent
+ leftSubIndent
;
4704 // If we have a bullet in this paragraph, the start position for the first line's text
4705 // is actually leftIndent + leftSubIndent.
4706 if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() != wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
)
4707 startPositionFirstLine
= startPositionSubsequentLines
;
4709 long lastEndPos
= GetRange().GetStart()-1;
4710 long lastCompletedEndPos
= lastEndPos
;
4712 int currentWidth
= 0;
4713 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
4715 wxPoint
currentPosition(0, spaceBeforePara
); // We will calculate lines relative to paragraph
4718 int maxHeight
= currentPosition
.y
;
4723 int lineDescent
= 0;
4725 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
;
4727 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4729 wxArrayInt partialExtents
;
4732 int paraDescent
= 0;
4734 // This calculates the partial text extents
4735 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
, rect
.GetPosition(), parentRect
.GetSize(), & partialExtents
);
4737 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4740 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
4742 //child->SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
4743 child
->Layout(dc
, context
, rect
, style
);
4745 node
= node
->GetNext();
4751 // We may need to go back to a previous child, in which case create the new line,
4752 // find the child corresponding to the start position of the string, and
4755 wxRect availableRect
;
4757 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4760 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
4762 // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
4763 // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
4765 if ((child
->IsFloating() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
4766 || !child
->IsShown() || (child
->GetRange().GetLength() == 0 && maxHeight
> spaceBeforePara
)
4769 node
= node
->GetNext();
4773 // If this is e.g. a composite text box, it will need to be laid out itself.
4774 // But if just a text fragment or image, for example, this will
4775 // do nothing. NB: won't we need to set the position after layout?
4776 // since for example if position is dependent on vertical line size, we
4777 // can't tell the position until the size is determined. So possibly introduce
4778 // another layout phase.
4780 // We may only be looking at part of a child, if we searched back for wrapping
4781 // and found a suitable point some way into the child. So get the size for the fragment
4784 long nextBreakPos
= GetFirstLineBreakPosition(lastEndPos
+1);
4785 long lastPosToUse
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
4786 bool lineBreakInThisObject
= (nextBreakPos
> -1 && nextBreakPos
<= child
->GetRange().GetEnd());
4788 if (lineBreakInThisObject
)
4789 lastPosToUse
= nextBreakPos
;
4792 int childDescent
= 0;
4794 int startOffset
= (lineCount
== 0 ? startPositionFirstLine
: startPositionSubsequentLines
);
4795 availableRect
= wxRect(rect
.x
+ startOffset
, rect
.y
+ currentPosition
.y
,
4796 rect
.width
- startOffset
- rightIndent
, rect
.height
);
4798 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
4800 wxSize oldSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4802 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
4803 child
->SetPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4805 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4806 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4807 // The position will be determined by its location in its line,
4808 // and not by the child's actual position.
4809 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, buffer
,
4810 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableRect
, parentRect
, style
);
4812 if (oldSize
!= child
->GetCachedSize())
4814 partialExtents
.Clear();
4816 // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4817 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize(), & partialExtents
);
4821 // Problem: we need to layout composites here for which we need the available width,
4822 // but we can't get the available width without using the float collector which
4823 // needs to know the object height.
4825 if ((nextBreakPos
== -1) && (lastEndPos
== child
->GetRange().GetStart() - 1)) // i.e. we want to get the whole thing
4827 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4828 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
4832 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4833 // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4834 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos
+1, lastPosToUse
), childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize());
4835 childSize
.x
= wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos
+1, lastPosToUse
), partialExtents
);
4837 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos
+1, lastPosToUse
), childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, rect
.GetPosition(), parentRect
.GetSize());
4842 int loopIterations
= 0;
4844 // If there are nested objects that need to lay themselves out, we have to do this in a
4845 // loop because the height of the object may well depend on the available width.
4846 // And because of floating object positioning, the available width depends on the
4847 // height of the object and whether it will clash with the floating objects.
4848 // So, we see whether the available width changes due to the presence of floating images.
4849 // If it does, then we'll use the new restricted width to find the object height again.
4850 // If this causes another restriction in the available width, we'll try again, until
4851 // either we lose patience or the available width settles down.
4856 wxRect oldAvailableRect
= availableRect
;
4858 // Available width depends on the floating objects and the line height.
4859 // Note: the floating objects may be placed vertically along the two sides of
4860 // buffer, so we may have different available line widths with different
4861 // [startY, endY]. So, we can't determine how wide the available
4862 // space is until we know the exact line height.
4863 if (childDescent
== 0)
4865 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
4866 lineDescent
= maxDescent
;
4867 lineAscent
= maxAscent
;
4871 lineDescent
= wxMax(childDescent
, maxDescent
);
4872 lineAscent
= wxMax(childSize
.y
-childDescent
, maxAscent
);
4874 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, (lineDescent
+ lineAscent
));
4876 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && collector
)
4878 wxRect floatAvailableRect
= collector
->GetAvailableRect(rect
.y
+ currentPosition
.y
, rect
.y
+ currentPosition
.y
+ lineHeight
);
4880 // Adjust availableRect to the space that is available when taking floating objects into account.
4882 if (floatAvailableRect
.x
+ startOffset
> availableRect
.x
)
4884 int newX
= floatAvailableRect
.x
+ startOffset
;
4885 int newW
= availableRect
.width
- (newX
- availableRect
.x
);
4886 availableRect
.x
= newX
;
4887 availableRect
.width
= newW
;
4890 if (floatAvailableRect
.width
< availableRect
.width
)
4891 availableRect
.width
= floatAvailableRect
.width
;
4894 currentPosition
.x
= availableRect
.x
- rect
.x
;
4896 if (child
->IsTopLevel() && loopIterations
<= 20)
4898 if (availableRect
!= oldAvailableRect
)
4900 wxSize oldSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4902 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4903 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4904 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
4905 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, buffer
,
4906 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableRect
, parentRect
.GetSize(), style
);
4907 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4908 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
4910 if (oldSize
!= child
->GetCachedSize())
4912 partialExtents
.Clear();
4914 // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4915 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize(), & partialExtents
);
4918 // Go around the loop finding the available rect for the given floating objects
4928 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
4930 // We can move it to the correct position at this point
4931 // TODO: probably need to add margin
4932 child
->Move(GetPosition() + wxPoint(currentWidth
+ (wxMax(leftIndent
, leftIndent
+ leftSubIndent
)), currentPosition
.y
));
4936 // 1) There was a line break BEFORE the natural break
4937 // 2) There was a line break AFTER the natural break
4938 // 3) It's the last line
4939 // 4) The child still fits (carry on) - 'else' clause
4941 if ((lineBreakInThisObject
&& (childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
<= availableRect
.width
))
4943 (childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
> availableRect
.width
)
4946 ((childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
<= availableRect
.width
) && !node
->GetNext())
4950 long wrapPosition
= 0;
4951 if ((childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
<= availableRect
.width
) && !node
->GetNext() && !lineBreakInThisObject
)
4952 wrapPosition
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
4955 // Find a place to wrap. This may walk back to previous children,
4956 // for example if a word spans several objects.
4957 // Note: one object must contains only one wxTextAtrr, so the line height will not
4958 // change inside one object. Thus, we can pass the remain line width to the
4959 // FindWrapPosition function.
4960 if (!FindWrapPosition(wxRichTextRange(lastCompletedEndPos
+1, child
->GetRange().GetEnd()), dc
, context
, availableRect
.width
, wrapPosition
, & partialExtents
))
4962 // If the function failed, just cut it off at the end of this child.
4963 wrapPosition
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
4966 // FindWrapPosition can still return a value that will put us in an endless wrapping loop
4967 if (wrapPosition
<= lastCompletedEndPos
)
4968 wrapPosition
= wxMax(lastCompletedEndPos
+1,child
->GetRange().GetEnd());
4970 // Line end position shouldn't be the same as the end, or greater.
4971 if (wrapPosition
>= GetRange().GetEnd())
4972 wrapPosition
= wxMax(0, GetRange().GetEnd()-1);
4974 // wxLogDebug(wxT("Split at %ld"), wrapPosition);
4976 // Let's find the actual size of the current line now
4978 wxRichTextRange
actualRange(lastCompletedEndPos
+1, wrapPosition
);
4982 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4983 if (!child
->IsEmpty())
4985 // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4986 GetRangeSize(actualRange
, actualSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize());
4987 actualSize
.x
= wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, actualRange
, partialExtents
);
4991 GetRangeSize(actualRange
, actualSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize());
4993 currentWidth
= actualSize
.x
;
4995 // The descent for the whole line at this point, is the correct max descent
4996 maxDescent
= childDescent
;
4998 maxAscent
= actualSize
.y
-childDescent
;
5000 // lineHeight is given by the height for the whole line, since it will
5001 // take into account ascend/descend.
5002 lineHeight
= actualSize
.y
;
5004 if (lineHeight
== 0 && buffer
)
5006 wxFont
font(buffer
->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
));
5007 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
5008 lineHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5011 if (maxDescent
== 0)
5014 dc
.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
5018 wxRichTextLine
* line
= AllocateLine(lineCount
);
5020 // Set relative range so we won't have to change line ranges when paragraphs are moved
5021 line
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(actualRange
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart(), actualRange
.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()));
5022 line
->SetPosition(currentPosition
);
5023 line
->SetSize(wxSize(currentWidth
, lineHeight
));
5024 line
->SetDescent(maxDescent
);
5026 maxHeight
= currentPosition
.y
+ lineHeight
;
5028 // Now move down a line. TODO: add margins, spacing
5029 currentPosition
.y
+= lineHeight
;
5030 currentPosition
.y
+= lineSpacing
;
5033 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, currentWidth
+startOffset
);
5038 // TODO: account for zero-length objects
5039 // wxASSERT(wrapPosition > lastCompletedEndPos);
5041 lastEndPos
= wrapPosition
;
5042 lastCompletedEndPos
= lastEndPos
;
5046 if (wrapPosition
< GetRange().GetEnd()-1)
5048 // May need to set the node back to a previous one, due to searching back in wrapping
5049 wxRichTextObject
* childAfterWrapPosition
= FindObjectAtPosition(wrapPosition
+1);
5050 if (childAfterWrapPosition
)
5051 node
= m_children
.Find(childAfterWrapPosition
);
5053 node
= node
->GetNext();
5056 node
= node
->GetNext();
5058 // Apply paragraph styles such as alignment to the wrapped line
5059 ApplyParagraphStyle(line
, attr
, availableRect
, dc
);
5063 // We still fit, so don't add a line, and keep going
5064 currentWidth
+= childSize
.x
;
5066 if (childDescent
== 0)
5068 // An object with a zero descend value wants to take up the whole
5069 // height regardless of baseline
5070 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5074 maxDescent
= wxMax(childDescent
, maxDescent
);
5075 maxAscent
= wxMax(childSize
.y
-childDescent
, maxAscent
);
5078 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, (maxDescent
+ maxAscent
));
5080 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, currentWidth
+startOffset
);
5081 lastEndPos
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
5083 node
= node
->GetNext();
5087 //wxASSERT(!(lastCompletedEndPos != -1 && lastCompletedEndPos < GetRange().GetEnd()-1));
5089 // Add the last line - it's the current pos -> last para pos
5090 // Substract -1 because the last position is always the end-paragraph position.
5091 if (lastCompletedEndPos
<= GetRange().GetEnd()-1)
5093 currentPosition
.x
= (lineCount
== 0 ? startPositionFirstLine
: startPositionSubsequentLines
);
5095 wxRichTextLine
* line
= AllocateLine(lineCount
);
5097 wxRichTextRange
actualRange(lastCompletedEndPos
+1, GetRange().GetEnd()-1);
5099 // Set relative range so we won't have to change line ranges when paragraphs are moved
5100 line
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(actualRange
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart(), actualRange
.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()));
5102 line
->SetPosition(currentPosition
);
5104 if (lineHeight
== 0 && buffer
)
5106 wxFont
font(buffer
->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
));
5107 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
5108 lineHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5111 if (maxDescent
== 0)
5114 dc
.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
5117 line
->SetSize(wxSize(currentWidth
, lineHeight
));
5118 line
->SetDescent(maxDescent
);
5119 currentPosition
.y
+= lineHeight
;
5120 currentPosition
.y
+= lineSpacing
;
5123 // Apply paragraph styles such as alignment to the wrapped line
5124 ApplyParagraphStyle(line
, attr
, availableRect
, dc
);
5127 // Remove remaining unused line objects, if any
5128 ClearUnusedLines(lineCount
);
5130 // We need to add back the margins etc.
5132 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
5133 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth
, currentPosition
.y
+ spaceAfterPara
));
5134 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
5135 SetCachedSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
5138 // The maximum size is the length of the paragraph stretched out into a line.
5139 // So if there were a single word, or an image, or a fixed-size text box, the object could be shrunk around
5140 // this size. TODO: take into account line breaks.
5142 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
5143 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(paraSize
.x
+ wxMax(leftIndent
, leftIndent
+ leftSubIndent
) + rightIndent
, currentPosition
.y
+ spaceAfterPara
));
5144 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
5145 SetMaxSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
5148 // Find the greatest minimum size. Currently we only look at non-text objects,
5149 // which isn't ideal but it would be slow to find the maximum word width to
5150 // use as the minimum.
5153 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5156 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5158 // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
5159 // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
5161 if ((!child
->IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode()) && child
->GetRange().GetLength() != 0 && !wxDynamicCast(child
, wxRichTextPlainText
))
5163 if (child
->GetCachedSize().x
> minWidth
)
5164 minWidth
= child
->GetMinSize().x
;
5166 node
= node
->GetNext();
5169 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
5170 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(minWidth
, currentPosition
.y
+ spaceAfterPara
));
5171 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
5172 SetMinSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
5175 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5176 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
5177 // Use the text extents to calculate the size of each fragment in each line
5178 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator lineNode
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5181 wxRichTextLine
* line
= lineNode
->GetData();
5182 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5184 // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
5185 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5189 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
5191 if (child
->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange
))
5193 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= lineRange
;
5194 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
5196 // Find the size of the child from the text extents, and store in an array
5197 // for drawing later
5199 if (rangeToUse
.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
5200 left
= partialExtents
[(rangeToUse
.GetStart()-1) - GetRange().GetStart()];
5201 int right
= partialExtents
[rangeToUse
.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()];
5202 int sz
= right
- left
;
5203 line
->GetObjectSizes().Add(sz
);
5205 else if (child
->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange
.GetEnd())
5206 // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
5209 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
5212 lineNode
= lineNode
->GetNext();
5220 /// Apply paragraph styles, such as centering, to wrapped lines
5221 /// TODO: take into account box attributes, possibly
5222 void wxRichTextParagraph::ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine
* line
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
, wxDC
& dc
)
5224 if (!attr
.HasAlignment())
5227 wxPoint pos
= line
->GetPosition();
5228 wxPoint originalPos
= pos
;
5229 wxSize size
= line
->GetSize();
5231 // centering, right-justification
5232 if (attr
.HasAlignment() && attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE
)
5234 int rightIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetRightIndent());
5235 pos
.x
= (rect
.GetWidth() - rightIndent
- size
.x
)/2 + pos
.x
;
5236 line
->SetPosition(pos
);
5238 else if (attr
.HasAlignment() && attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT
)
5240 int rightIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetRightIndent());
5241 pos
.x
= pos
.x
+ rect
.GetWidth() - size
.x
- rightIndent
;
5242 line
->SetPosition(pos
);
5245 if (pos
!= originalPos
)
5247 wxPoint inc
= pos
- originalPos
;
5249 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5253 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5254 if (child
->IsTopLevel() && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(line
->GetAbsoluteRange()))
5255 child
->Move(child
->GetPosition() + inc
);
5257 node
= node
->GetNext();
5262 /// Insert text at the given position
5263 bool wxRichTextParagraph::InsertText(long pos
, const wxString
& text
)
5265 wxRichTextObject
* childToUse
= NULL
;
5266 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nodeToUse
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
5268 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5271 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5272 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
) && child
->GetRange().GetLength() > 0)
5279 node
= node
->GetNext();
5284 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObject
= wxDynamicCast(childToUse
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
5287 int posInString
= pos
- textObject
->GetRange().GetStart();
5289 wxString newText
= textObject
->GetText().Mid(0, posInString
) +
5290 text
+ textObject
->GetText().Mid(posInString
);
5291 textObject
->SetText(newText
);
5293 int textLength
= text
.length();
5295 textObject
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject
->GetRange().GetStart(),
5296 textObject
->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength
));
5298 // Increment the end range of subsequent fragments in this paragraph.
5299 // We'll set the paragraph range itself at a higher level.
5301 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= nodeToUse
->GetNext();
5304 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5305 child
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject
->GetRange().GetStart() + textLength
,
5306 textObject
->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength
));
5308 node
= node
->GetNext();
5315 // TODO: if not a text object, insert at closest position, e.g. in front of it
5321 // Don't pass parent initially to suppress auto-setting of parent range.
5322 // We'll do that at a higher level.
5323 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObject
= new wxRichTextPlainText(text
, this);
5325 AppendChild(textObject
);
5332 void wxRichTextParagraph::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph
& obj
)
5334 wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj
);
5337 /// Clear the cached lines
5338 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearLines()
5340 WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxRichTextLineList
, m_cachedLines
);
5343 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
5344 /// is invalid for this object.
5345 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
5347 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
5350 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
)
5352 // Just use unformatted data, assume no line breaks
5355 wxArrayInt childExtents
;
5364 int maxLineHeight
= 0;
5366 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5369 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5370 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
5372 // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
5373 if (child
->IsFloating() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
5378 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
5379 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
5383 partialExtents
->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize
);
5390 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= range
;
5391 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
5392 int childDescent
= 0;
5394 // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we've already cached the size,
5395 // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
5396 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
) && child
->GetCachedSize().y
!= 0)
5398 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
5399 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
5401 if (childDescent
== 0)
5403 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5407 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxDescent
, childDescent
);
5408 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5411 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5413 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, maxLineHeight
);
5414 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
5415 descent
= maxDescent
;
5417 else if (child
->IsTopLevel())
5419 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
5420 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
5422 if (childDescent
== 0)
5424 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5428 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxDescent
, childDescent
);
5429 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5432 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5434 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, maxLineHeight
);
5435 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
5436 descent
= maxDescent
;
5438 // FIXME: this won't change the original values.
5439 // Should we be calling GetRangeSize above instead of using cached values?
5441 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
) && (rangeToUse
== child
->GetRange()))
5443 child
->SetCachedSize(childSize
);
5444 child
->SetDescent(childDescent
);
5451 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
5452 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
5456 partialExtents
->Add(childSize
.x
+ lastSize
);
5459 else if (child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, wxPoint(position
.x
+ sz
.x
, position
.y
), parentSize
, p
))
5461 if (childDescent
== 0)
5463 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5467 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxDescent
, childDescent
);
5468 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5471 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5473 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, maxLineHeight
);
5474 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
5475 descent
= maxDescent
;
5477 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
) && (rangeToUse
== child
->GetRange()))
5479 child
->SetCachedSize(childSize
);
5480 child
->SetDescent(childDescent
);
5486 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
5487 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
5492 for (i
= 0; i
< childExtents
.GetCount(); i
++)
5494 partialExtents
->Add(childExtents
[i
] + lastSize
);
5504 node
= node
->GetNext();
5510 // Use formatted data, with line breaks
5513 // We're going to loop through each line, and then for each line,
5514 // call GetRangeSize for the fragment that comprises that line.
5515 // Only we have to do that multiple times within the line, because
5516 // the line may be broken into pieces. For now ignore line break commands
5517 // (so we can assume that getting the unformatted size for a fragment
5518 // within a line is the actual size)
5520 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5523 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
5524 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5525 if (!lineRange
.IsOutside(range
))
5529 int maxLineHeight
= 0;
5530 int maxLineWidth
= 0;
5532 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5535 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
5537 if ((!child
->IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode()) && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange
))
5539 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= lineRange
;
5540 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
5541 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
5542 rangeToUse
= child
->GetOwnRange();
5545 int childDescent
= 0;
5546 if (child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, wxPoint(position
.x
+ sz
.x
, position
.y
), parentSize
))
5548 if (childDescent
== 0)
5550 // Assume that if descent is zero, this child can occupy the full line height
5551 // and does not need space for the line's maximum descent. So we influence
5552 // the overall max line height only.
5553 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5557 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5558 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, childDescent
);
5560 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5561 maxLineWidth
+= childSize
.x
;
5565 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
5568 descent
= wxMax(descent
, maxDescent
);
5570 // Increase size by a line (TODO: paragraph spacing)
5571 sz
.y
+= maxLineHeight
;
5572 sz
.x
= wxMax(sz
.x
, maxLineWidth
);
5574 node
= node
->GetNext();
5581 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
5582 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindPosition(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, long index
, wxPoint
& pt
, int* height
, bool forceLineStart
)
5586 wxRichTextLine
* line
= ((wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
*)GetParent())->GetLineAtPosition(0);
5588 *height
= line
->GetSize().y
;
5590 *height
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5592 // -1 means 'the start of the buffer'.
5595 pt
= pt
+ line
->GetPosition();
5600 // The final position in a paragraph is taken to mean the position
5601 // at the start of the next paragraph.
5602 if (index
== GetRange().GetEnd())
5604 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* parent
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
5605 wxASSERT( parent
!= NULL
);
5607 // Find the height at the next paragraph, if any
5608 wxRichTextLine
* line
= parent
->GetLineAtPosition(index
+ 1);
5611 *height
= line
->GetSize().y
;
5612 pt
= line
->GetAbsolutePosition();
5616 *height
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5617 int indent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, m_attributes
.GetLeftIndent());
5618 pt
= wxPoint(indent
, GetCachedSize().y
);
5624 if (index
< GetRange().GetStart() || index
> GetRange().GetEnd())
5627 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5630 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
5631 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5632 if (index
>= lineRange
.GetStart() && index
<= lineRange
.GetEnd())
5634 // If this is the last point in the line, and we're forcing the
5635 // returned value to be the start of the next line, do the required
5637 if (index
== lineRange
.GetEnd() && forceLineStart
)
5639 if (node
->GetNext())
5641 wxRichTextLine
* nextLine
= node
->GetNext()->GetData();
5642 *height
= nextLine
->GetSize().y
;
5643 pt
= nextLine
->GetAbsolutePosition();
5648 pt
.y
= line
->GetPosition().y
+ GetPosition().y
;
5650 wxRichTextRange
r(lineRange
.GetStart(), index
);
5654 // We find the size of the line up to this point,
5655 // then we can add this size to the line start position and
5656 // paragraph start position to find the actual position.
5658 if (GetRangeSize(r
, rangeSize
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, line
->GetPosition()+ GetPosition()))
5660 pt
.x
= line
->GetPosition().x
+ GetPosition().x
+ rangeSize
.x
;
5661 *height
= line
->GetSize().y
;
5668 node
= node
->GetNext();
5674 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
5675 /// information about position
5676 int wxRichTextParagraph::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
5679 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
5681 // If we're in the top-level container, then we can return
5682 // a suitable hit test code even if the point is outside the container area,
5683 // so that we can position the caret sensibly even if we don't
5684 // click on valid content. If we're not at the top-level, and the point
5685 // is not within this paragraph object, then we don't want to stop more
5686 // precise hit-testing from working prematurely, so return immediately.
5687 // NEW STRATEGY: use the parent boundary to test whether we're in the
5688 // right region, not the paragraph, since the paragraph may be positioned
5689 // some way in from where the user clicks.
5692 wxRichTextObject
* tempObj
, *tempContextObj
;
5693 if (GetParent() && GetParent()->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, tmpPos
, & tempObj
, & tempContextObj
, flags
) == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
5694 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
5697 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objNode
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5700 wxRichTextObject
* child
= objNode
->GetData();
5701 // Don't recurse if we have wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS,
5702 // and also, if this seems composite but actually is marked as atomic,
5704 if (child
->IsTopLevel() && ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS
) == 0) &&
5705 (! (((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC
) != 0) && child
->IsAtomic())))
5708 int hitTest
= child
->HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
);
5709 if (hitTest
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
5714 objNode
= objNode
->GetNext();
5717 wxPoint paraPos
= GetPosition();
5719 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5722 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
5723 wxPoint linePos
= paraPos
+ line
->GetPosition();
5724 wxSize lineSize
= line
->GetSize();
5725 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5727 if (pt
.y
<= linePos
.y
+ lineSize
.y
)
5729 if (pt
.x
< linePos
.x
)
5731 textPosition
= lineRange
.GetStart();
5732 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5733 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5734 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE
;
5736 else if (pt
.x
>= (linePos
.x
+ lineSize
.x
))
5738 textPosition
= lineRange
.GetEnd();
5739 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5740 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5741 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE
;
5745 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5746 wxArrayInt partialExtents
;
5751 // This calculates the partial text extents
5752 GetRangeSize(lineRange
, paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, linePos
, wxDefaultSize
, & partialExtents
);
5754 int lastX
= linePos
.x
;
5756 for (i
= 0; i
< partialExtents
.GetCount(); i
++)
5758 int nextX
= partialExtents
[i
] + linePos
.x
;
5760 if (pt
.x
>= lastX
&& pt
.x
<= nextX
)
5762 textPosition
= i
+ lineRange
.GetStart(); // minus 1?
5764 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5765 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5767 // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5768 // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5769 // which side of the position it's on.
5771 int midPoint
= (nextX
+ lastX
)/2;
5772 if (pt
.x
>= midPoint
)
5773 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
;
5775 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
;
5782 int lastX
= linePos
.x
;
5783 for (i
= lineRange
.GetStart(); i
<= lineRange
.GetEnd(); i
++)
5788 wxRichTextRange
rangeToUse(lineRange
.GetStart(), i
);
5790 GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, linePos
);
5792 int nextX
= childSize
.x
+ linePos
.x
;
5794 if (pt
.x
>= lastX
&& pt
.x
<= nextX
)
5798 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5799 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5801 // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5802 // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5803 // which side of the position it's on.
5805 int midPoint
= (nextX
+ lastX
)/2;
5806 if (pt
.x
>= midPoint
)
5807 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
;
5809 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
;
5820 node
= node
->GetNext();
5823 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
5826 /// Split an object at this position if necessary, and return
5827 /// the previous object, or NULL if inserting at beginning.
5828 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraph::SplitAt(long pos
, wxRichTextObject
** previousObject
)
5830 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5833 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5835 if (pos
== child
->GetRange().GetStart())
5839 if (node
->GetPrevious())
5840 *previousObject
= node
->GetPrevious()->GetData();
5842 *previousObject
= NULL
;
5848 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
5850 // This should create a new object, transferring part of
5851 // the content to the old object and the rest to the new object.
5852 wxRichTextObject
* newObject
= child
->DoSplit(pos
);
5854 // If we couldn't split this object, just insert in front of it.
5857 // Maybe this is an empty string, try the next one
5862 // Insert the new object after 'child'
5863 if (node
->GetNext())
5864 m_children
.Insert(node
->GetNext(), newObject
);
5866 m_children
.Append(newObject
);
5867 newObject
->SetParent(this);
5870 *previousObject
= child
;
5876 node
= node
->GetNext();
5879 *previousObject
= NULL
;
5883 /// Move content to a list from obj on
5884 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveToList(wxRichTextObject
* obj
, wxList
& list
)
5886 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(obj
);
5889 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5892 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode
= node
;
5894 node
= node
->GetNext();
5896 m_children
.DeleteNode(oldNode
);
5900 /// Add content back from list
5901 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveFromList(wxList
& list
)
5903 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= list
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
5905 AppendChild((wxRichTextObject
*) node
->GetData());
5910 void wxRichTextParagraph::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
5912 wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(start
, end
);
5914 // Add one for end of paragraph
5917 m_range
.SetRange(start
, end
);
5920 /// Find the object at the given position
5921 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraph::FindObjectAtPosition(long position
)
5923 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5926 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
5927 if (obj
->GetRange().Contains(position
) ||
5928 obj
->GetRange().GetStart() == position
||
5929 obj
->GetRange().GetEnd() == position
)
5932 node
= node
->GetNext();
5937 /// Get the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
5938 /// The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
5939 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetContiguousPlainText(wxString
& text
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, bool fromStart
)
5941 text
= wxEmptyString
;
5945 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5948 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
5949 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
5951 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObj
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
5954 text
+= textObj
->GetTextForRange(range
);
5962 node
= node
->GetNext();
5967 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetLast();
5970 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
5971 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
5973 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObj
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
5976 text
= textObj
->GetTextForRange(range
) + text
;
5980 text
= wxT(" ") + text
;
5984 node
= node
->GetPrevious();
5991 /// Find a suitable wrap position.
5992 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int availableSpace
, long& wrapPosition
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
)
5994 if (range
.GetLength() <= 0)
5997 // Find the first position where the line exceeds the available space.
5999 long breakPosition
= range
.GetEnd();
6001 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
6002 if (partialExtents
&& partialExtents
->GetCount() >= (size_t) (GetRange().GetLength()-1)) // the final position in a paragraph is the newline
6006 if (range
.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
6007 widthBefore
= (*partialExtents
)[range
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
6012 for (i
= (size_t) range
.GetStart(); i
<= (size_t) range
.GetEnd(); i
++)
6014 int widthFromStartOfThisRange
= (*partialExtents
)[i
- GetRange().GetStart()] - widthBefore
;
6016 if (widthFromStartOfThisRange
> availableSpace
)
6018 breakPosition
= i
-1;
6026 // Binary chop for speed
6027 long minPos
= range
.GetStart();
6028 long maxPos
= range
.GetEnd();
6031 if (minPos
== maxPos
)
6034 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), minPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6036 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6037 breakPosition
= minPos
- 1;
6040 else if ((maxPos
- minPos
) == 1)
6043 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), minPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6045 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6046 breakPosition
= minPos
- 1;
6049 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), maxPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6050 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6051 breakPosition
= maxPos
-1;
6057 long nextPos
= minPos
+ ((maxPos
- minPos
) / 2);
6060 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), nextPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6062 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6074 // Now we know the last position on the line.
6075 // Let's try to find a word break.
6078 if (GetContiguousPlainText(plainText
, wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), breakPosition
), false))
6080 int newLinePos
= plainText
.Find(wxRichTextLineBreakChar
);
6081 if (newLinePos
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
6083 breakPosition
= wxMax(0, range
.GetStart() + newLinePos
);
6087 int spacePos
= plainText
.Find(wxT(' '), true);
6088 int tabPos
= plainText
.Find(wxT('\t'), true);
6089 int pos
= wxMax(spacePos
, tabPos
);
6090 if (pos
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
6092 int positionsFromEndOfString
= plainText
.length() - pos
- 1;
6093 breakPosition
= breakPosition
- positionsFromEndOfString
;
6098 wrapPosition
= breakPosition
;
6103 /// Get the bullet text for this paragraph.
6104 wxString
wxRichTextParagraph::GetBulletText()
6106 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
||
6107 (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP
))
6108 return wxEmptyString
;
6110 int number
= GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
6113 if ((GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC
) || (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
))
6115 text
.Printf(wxT("%d"), number
);
6117 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_UPPER
)
6119 // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
6120 text
.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar
) (number
+64));
6122 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_LOWER
)
6124 // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
6125 text
.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar
) (number
+96));
6127 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_UPPER
)
6129 text
= wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number
);
6131 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_LOWER
)
6133 text
= wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number
);
6136 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL
)
6138 text
= GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
6141 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
)
6143 // The outline style relies on the text being computed statically,
6144 // since it depends on other levels points (e.g. 1.2.1.1). So normally the bullet text
6145 // should be stored in the attributes; if not, just use the number for this
6146 // level, as previously computed.
6147 if (!GetAttributes().GetBulletText().IsEmpty())
6148 text
= GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
6151 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PARENTHESES
)
6153 text
= wxT("(") + text
+ wxT(")");
6155 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
)
6157 text
= text
+ wxT(")");
6160 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD
)
6168 /// Allocate or reuse a line object
6169 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraph::AllocateLine(int pos
)
6171 if (pos
< (int) m_cachedLines
.GetCount())
6173 wxRichTextLine
* line
= m_cachedLines
.Item(pos
)->GetData();
6179 wxRichTextLine
* line
= new wxRichTextLine(this);
6180 m_cachedLines
.Append(line
);
6185 /// Clear remaining unused line objects, if any
6186 bool wxRichTextParagraph::ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount
)
6188 int cachedLineCount
= m_cachedLines
.GetCount();
6189 if ((int) cachedLineCount
> lineCount
)
6191 for (int i
= 0; i
< (int) (cachedLineCount
- lineCount
); i
++)
6193 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetLast();
6194 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
6195 m_cachedLines
.Erase(node
);
6202 /// Get combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
6203 /// retrieve the actual style.
6204 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr
& contentStyle
, bool includingBoxAttr
) const
6206 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
6207 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* buf
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
6210 attr
= buf
->GetBasicStyle();
6211 if (!includingBoxAttr
)
6213 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
6214 // The background colour will be painted by the container, and we don't
6215 // want to unnecessarily overwrite the background when we're drawing text
6216 // because this may erase the guideline (which appears just under the text
6217 // if there's no padding).
6218 attr
.SetFlags(attr
.GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
6220 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, GetAttributes());
6223 attr
= GetAttributes();
6225 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, contentStyle
);
6229 /// Get combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
6230 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr
) const
6232 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
6233 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* buf
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
6236 attr
= buf
->GetBasicStyle();
6237 if (!includingBoxAttr
)
6238 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
6239 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, GetAttributes());
6242 attr
= GetAttributes();
6247 // Create default tabstop array
6248 void wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs()
6250 // create a default tab list at 10 mm each.
6251 for (int i
= 0; i
< 20; ++i
)
6253 sm_defaultTabs
.Add(i
*100);
6257 // Clear default tabstop array
6258 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs()
6260 sm_defaultTabs
.Clear();
6263 void wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
, wxRichTextFloatCollector
* floatCollector
)
6265 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= GetChildren().GetFirst();
6268 wxRichTextObject
* anchored
= node
->GetData();
6269 if (anchored
&& anchored
->IsFloating() && !floatCollector
->HasFloat(anchored
))
6272 wxRichTextAttr
parentAttr(GetAttributes());
6273 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(parentAttr
, this);
6276 wxRect availableSpace
= GetParent()->GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect
);
6278 anchored
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, GetBuffer(),
6279 parentAttr
, anchored
->GetAttributes(),
6280 parentRect
, availableSpace
,
6282 wxSize size
= anchored
->GetCachedSize();
6286 anchored
->GetRangeSize(anchored
->GetRange(), size
, descent
, dc
, context
, style
);
6290 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().IsValid())
6292 offsetY
= anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetValue();
6293 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
6295 offsetY
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, offsetY
);
6299 int pos
= floatCollector
->GetFitPosition(anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(), rect
.y
+ offsetY
, size
.y
);
6301 /* Update the offset */
6302 int newOffsetY
= pos
- rect
.y
;
6303 if (newOffsetY
!= offsetY
)
6305 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
6306 newOffsetY
= ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc
, newOffsetY
);
6307 anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().SetValue(newOffsetY
);
6310 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT
)
6312 else if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT
)
6313 x
= rect
.x
+ rect
.width
- size
.x
;
6315 //anchored->SetPosition(wxPoint(x, pos));
6316 anchored
->Move(wxPoint(x
, pos
)); // should move children
6317 anchored
->SetCachedSize(size
);
6318 floatCollector
->CollectFloat(this, anchored
);
6321 node
= node
->GetNext();
6325 // Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
6326 long wxRichTextParagraph::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos
)
6328 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
6331 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
6332 if (pos
>= obj
->GetRange().GetStart() && pos
<= obj
->GetRange().GetEnd())
6334 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObj
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
6337 long breakPos
= textObj
->GetFirstLineBreakPosition(pos
);
6342 node
= node
->GetNext();
6349 * This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
6350 * offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
6351 * start and end positions of the line.
6354 wxRichTextLine::wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph
* parent
)
6360 void wxRichTextLine::Init(wxRichTextParagraph
* parent
)
6363 m_range
.SetRange(-1, -1);
6364 m_pos
= wxPoint(0, 0);
6365 m_size
= wxSize(0, 0);
6367 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
6368 m_objectSizes
.Clear();
6373 void wxRichTextLine::Copy(const wxRichTextLine
& obj
)
6375 m_range
= obj
.m_range
;
6376 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
6377 m_objectSizes
= obj
.m_objectSizes
;
6381 /// Get the absolute object position
6382 wxPoint
wxRichTextLine::GetAbsolutePosition() const
6384 return m_parent
->GetPosition() + m_pos
;
6387 /// Get the absolute range
6388 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextLine::GetAbsoluteRange() const
6390 wxRichTextRange
range(m_range
.GetStart() + m_parent
->GetRange().GetStart(), 0);
6391 range
.SetEnd(range
.GetStart() + m_range
.GetLength()-1);
6396 * wxRichTextPlainText
6397 * This object represents a single piece of text.
6400 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText
, wxRichTextObject
)
6402 wxRichTextPlainText::wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* style
):
6403 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
6406 SetAttributes(*style
);
6411 #define USE_KERNING_FIX 1
6413 // If insufficient tabs are defined, this is the tab width used
6414 #define WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS 50
6417 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int WXUNUSED(style
))
6419 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
6420 wxASSERT (para
!= NULL
);
6422 wxRichTextAttr
textAttr(para
? para
->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes(), false /* no box attributes */) : GetAttributes());
6423 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(textAttr
, this);
6425 // Let's make the assumption for now that for content in a paragraph, including
6426 // text, we never have a discontinuous selection. So we only deal with a
6428 wxRichTextRange selectionRange
;
6429 if (selection
.IsValid())
6431 wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges
= selection
.GetSelectionForObject(this);
6432 if (selectionRanges
.GetCount() > 0)
6433 selectionRange
= selectionRanges
[0];
6435 selectionRange
= wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION
;
6438 selectionRange
= wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION
;
6440 int offset
= GetRange().GetStart();
6442 wxString str
= m_text
;
6443 if (context
.HasVirtualText(this))
6445 if (!context
.GetVirtualText(this, str
) || str
.Length() != m_text
.Length())
6449 // Replace line break characters with spaces
6450 wxString toRemove
= wxRichTextLineBreakChar
;
6451 str
.Replace(toRemove
, wxT(" "));
6452 if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS
|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
)))
6455 long len
= range
.GetLength();
6456 wxString stringChunk
= str
.Mid(range
.GetStart() - offset
, (size_t) len
);
6458 // Test for the optimized situations where all is selected, or none
6461 wxFont
textFont(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr
));
6462 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6463 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
6466 if ( textFont
.IsOk() )
6468 if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
))
6470 textFont
.SetPointSize((int) (textFont
.GetPointSize()*0.75));
6471 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6472 charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
6475 if ( textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT
) )
6477 if (textFont
.IsUsingSizeInPixels())
6479 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPixelSize().y
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6480 textFont
.SetPixelSize(wxSize(0, static_cast<int>(size
)));
6486 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6487 textFont
.SetPointSize(static_cast<int>(size
));
6491 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6493 else if ( textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT
) )
6495 if (textFont
.IsUsingSizeInPixels())
6497 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPixelSize().y
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6498 textFont
.SetPixelSize(wxSize(0, static_cast<int>(size
)));
6500 int sub_height
= static_cast<int>(static_cast<double>(charHeight
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
);
6501 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- sub_height
+ (descent
- m_descent
));
6505 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6506 textFont
.SetPointSize(static_cast<int>(size
));
6508 int sub_height
= static_cast<int>(static_cast<double>(charHeight
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
);
6509 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- sub_height
+ (descent
- m_descent
));
6511 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6516 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
- (descent
- m_descent
));
6522 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
- (descent
- m_descent
));
6525 // TODO: new selection code
6527 // (a) All selected.
6528 if (selectionRange
.GetStart() <= range
.GetStart() && selectionRange
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetEnd())
6530 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringChunk
, x
, y
, true);
6532 // (b) None selected.
6533 else if (selectionRange
.GetEnd() < range
.GetStart() || selectionRange
.GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
6535 // Draw all unselected
6536 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringChunk
, x
, y
, false);
6540 // (c) Part selected, part not
6541 // Let's draw unselected chunk, selected chunk, then unselected chunk.
6543 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
6545 // 1. Initial unselected chunk, if any, up until start of selection.
6546 if (selectionRange
.GetStart() > range
.GetStart() && selectionRange
.GetStart() <= range
.GetEnd())
6548 int r1
= range
.GetStart();
6549 int s1
= selectionRange
.GetStart()-1;
6550 int fragmentLen
= s1
- r1
+ 1;
6551 if (fragmentLen
< 0)
6553 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(r1
- offset
), (int)fragmentLen
);
6555 wxString stringFragment
= str
.Mid(r1
- offset
, fragmentLen
);
6557 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringFragment
, x
, y
, false);
6560 if (stringChunk
.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND
)
6562 // Compensate for kerning difference
6563 wxString
stringFragment2(str
.Mid(r1
- offset
, fragmentLen
+1));
6564 wxString
stringFragment3(str
.Mid(r1
- offset
+ fragmentLen
, 1));
6566 wxCoord w1
, h1
, w2
, h2
, w3
, h3
;
6567 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment
, & w1
, & h1
);
6568 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2
, & w2
, & h2
);
6569 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3
, & w3
, & h3
);
6571 int kerningDiff
= (w1
+ w3
) - w2
;
6572 x
= x
- kerningDiff
;
6577 // 2. Selected chunk, if any.
6578 if (selectionRange
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetStart())
6580 int s1
= wxMax(selectionRange
.GetStart(), range
.GetStart());
6581 int s2
= wxMin(selectionRange
.GetEnd(), range
.GetEnd());
6583 int fragmentLen
= s2
- s1
+ 1;
6584 if (fragmentLen
< 0)
6586 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s1
- offset
), (int)fragmentLen
);
6588 wxString stringFragment
= str
.Mid(s1
- offset
, fragmentLen
);
6590 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringFragment
, x
, y
, true);
6593 if (stringChunk
.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND
)
6595 // Compensate for kerning difference
6596 wxString
stringFragment2(str
.Mid(s1
- offset
, fragmentLen
+1));
6597 wxString
stringFragment3(str
.Mid(s1
- offset
+ fragmentLen
, 1));
6599 wxCoord w1
, h1
, w2
, h2
, w3
, h3
;
6600 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment
, & w1
, & h1
);
6601 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2
, & w2
, & h2
);
6602 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3
, & w3
, & h3
);
6604 int kerningDiff
= (w1
+ w3
) - w2
;
6605 x
= x
- kerningDiff
;
6610 // 3. Remaining unselected chunk, if any
6611 if (selectionRange
.GetEnd() < range
.GetEnd())
6613 int s2
= wxMin(selectionRange
.GetEnd()+1, range
.GetEnd());
6614 int r2
= range
.GetEnd();
6616 int fragmentLen
= r2
- s2
+ 1;
6617 if (fragmentLen
< 0)
6619 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s2
- offset
), (int)fragmentLen
);
6621 wxString stringFragment
= str
.Mid(s2
- offset
, fragmentLen
);
6623 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringFragment
, x
, y
, false);
6630 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DrawTabbedString(wxDC
& dc
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
,wxString
& str
, wxCoord
& x
, wxCoord
& y
, bool selected
)
6632 bool hasTabs
= (str
.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND
);
6634 wxArrayInt tabArray
;
6638 if (attr
.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6639 tabArray
= wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6641 tabArray
= attr
.GetTabs();
6642 tabCount
= tabArray
.GetCount();
6644 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
; ++i
)
6646 int pos
= tabArray
[i
];
6647 pos
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, pos
);
6654 int nextTabPos
= -1;
6660 wxColour
highlightColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT
));
6661 wxColour
highlightTextColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT
));
6663 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, wxBrush(highlightColour
));
6664 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(highlightColour
));
6665 dc
.SetTextForeground(highlightTextColour
);
6666 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
6670 dc
.SetTextForeground(attr
.GetTextColour());
6672 if (attr
.HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
) && attr
.GetBackgroundColour().IsOk())
6674 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID
);
6675 dc
.SetTextBackground(attr
.GetBackgroundColour());
6678 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
6681 wxCoord x_orig
= GetParent()->GetPosition().x
;
6684 // the string has a tab
6685 // break up the string at the Tab
6686 wxString stringChunk
= str
.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6687 str
= str
.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6688 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringChunk
, & w
, & h
);
6690 bool not_found
= true;
6691 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
&& not_found
; ++i
)
6693 nextTabPos
= tabArray
.Item(i
) + x_orig
;
6695 // Find the next tab position.
6696 // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still draw the chunk.
6698 if (nextTabPos
> tabPos
|| (i
== (tabCount
- 1)))
6700 if (nextTabPos
<= tabPos
)
6702 int defaultTabWidth
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS
);
6703 nextTabPos
= tabPos
+ defaultTabWidth
;
6710 wxRect
selRect(x
, rect
.y
, w
, rect
.GetHeight());
6711 dc
.DrawRectangle(selRect
);
6713 dc
.DrawText(stringChunk
, x
, y
);
6715 if (attr
.HasTextEffects() && (attr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH
))
6717 wxPen oldPen
= dc
.GetPen();
6718 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(attr
.GetTextColour(), 1));
6719 dc
.DrawLine(x
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5), x
+w
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5));
6720 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, oldPen
);
6726 hasTabs
= (str
.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND
);
6731 dc
.GetTextExtent(str
, & w
, & h
);
6734 wxRect
selRect(x
, rect
.y
, w
, rect
.GetHeight());
6735 dc
.DrawRectangle(selRect
);
6737 dc
.DrawText(str
, x
, y
);
6739 if (attr
.HasTextEffects() && (attr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH
))
6741 wxPen oldPen
= dc
.GetPen();
6742 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(attr
.GetTextColour(), 1));
6743 dc
.DrawLine(x
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5), x
+w
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5));
6744 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, oldPen
);
6753 /// Lay the item out
6754 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(rect
), const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int WXUNUSED(style
))
6756 // Only lay out if we haven't already cached the size
6758 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), m_size
, m_descent
, dc
, context
, 0, wxPoint(0, 0));
6760 // Eventually we want to have a reasonable estimate of minimum size.
6761 m_minSize
= wxSize(0, 0);
6766 void wxRichTextPlainText::Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText
& obj
)
6768 wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj
);
6770 m_text
= obj
.m_text
;
6773 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
6774 /// is invalid for this object.
6775 bool wxRichTextPlainText::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int WXUNUSED(flags
), const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& WXUNUSED(parentSize
), wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
6777 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
6780 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
6781 wxASSERT (para
!= NULL
);
6783 int relativeX
= position
.x
- GetParent()->GetPosition().x
;
6785 wxRichTextAttr
textAttr(para
? para
->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes()) : GetAttributes());
6786 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(textAttr
, (wxRichTextObject
*) this);
6788 // Always assume unformatted text, since at this level we have no knowledge
6789 // of line breaks - and we don't need it, since we'll calculate size within
6790 // formatted text by doing it in chunks according to the line ranges
6792 bool bScript(false);
6793 wxFont
font(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr
));
6796 if ( textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && ( (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT
)
6797 || (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT
) ) )
6799 wxFont textFont
= font
;
6800 if (textFont
.IsUsingSizeInPixels())
6802 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPixelSize().y
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6803 textFont
.SetPixelSize(wxSize(0, static_cast<int>(size
)));
6807 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6808 textFont
.SetPointSize(static_cast<int>(size
));
6810 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6813 else if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
))
6815 wxFont textFont
= font
;
6816 textFont
.SetPointSize((int) (textFont
.GetPointSize()*0.75));
6817 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6822 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
6826 bool haveDescent
= false;
6827 int startPos
= range
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6828 long len
= range
.GetLength();
6830 wxString
str(m_text
);
6831 if (context
.HasVirtualText(this))
6833 if (!context
.GetVirtualText(this, str
) || str
.Length() != m_text
.Length())
6837 wxString toReplace
= wxRichTextLineBreakChar
;
6838 str
.Replace(toReplace
, wxT(" "));
6840 wxString stringChunk
= str
.Mid(startPos
, (size_t) len
);
6842 if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS
|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
)))
6843 stringChunk
.MakeUpper();
6847 if (stringChunk
.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND
)
6849 // the string has a tab
6850 wxArrayInt tabArray
;
6851 if (textAttr
.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6852 tabArray
= wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6854 tabArray
= textAttr
.GetTabs();
6856 int tabCount
= tabArray
.GetCount();
6858 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
; ++i
)
6860 int pos
= tabArray
[i
];
6861 pos
= ((wxRichTextPlainText
*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, pos
);
6865 int nextTabPos
= -1;
6867 while (stringChunk
.Find(wxT('\t')) >= 0)
6869 int absoluteWidth
= 0;
6871 // the string has a tab
6872 // break up the string at the Tab
6873 wxString stringFragment
= stringChunk
.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6874 stringChunk
= stringChunk
.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6879 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
6880 oldWidth
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
6884 // Add these partial extents
6886 dc
.GetPartialTextExtents(stringFragment
, p
);
6888 for (j
= 0; j
< p
.GetCount(); j
++)
6889 partialExtents
->Add(oldWidth
+ p
[j
]);
6891 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
6892 absoluteWidth
= (*partialExtents
)[(*partialExtents
).GetCount()-1] + relativeX
;
6894 absoluteWidth
= relativeX
;
6898 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment
, & w
, & h
);
6900 absoluteWidth
= width
+ relativeX
;
6904 bool notFound
= true;
6905 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
&& notFound
; ++i
)
6907 nextTabPos
= tabArray
.Item(i
);
6909 // Find the next tab position.
6910 // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still process the chunk.
6912 if (nextTabPos
> absoluteWidth
|| (i
== (tabCount
- 1)))
6914 if (nextTabPos
<= absoluteWidth
)
6916 int defaultTabWidth
= ((wxRichTextPlainText
*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS
);
6917 nextTabPos
= absoluteWidth
+ defaultTabWidth
;
6921 width
= nextTabPos
- relativeX
;
6924 partialExtents
->Add(width
);
6930 if (!stringChunk
.IsEmpty())
6935 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
6936 oldWidth
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
6940 // Add these partial extents
6942 dc
.GetPartialTextExtents(stringChunk
, p
);
6944 for (j
= 0; j
< p
.GetCount(); j
++)
6945 partialExtents
->Add(oldWidth
+ p
[j
]);
6949 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringChunk
, & w
, & h
, & descent
);
6957 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
6958 if ((*partialExtents
).GetCount() > 0)
6959 w
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
6962 size
= wxSize(w
, charHeight
);
6966 size
= wxSize(width
, dc
.GetCharHeight());
6970 dc
.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w
, & h
, & descent
);
6978 /// Do a split, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
6979 /// the first part in 'this'.
6980 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextPlainText::DoSplit(long pos
)
6982 long index
= pos
- GetRange().GetStart();
6984 if (index
< 0 || index
>= (int) m_text
.length())
6987 wxString firstPart
= m_text
.Mid(0, index
);
6988 wxString secondPart
= m_text
.Mid(index
);
6992 wxRichTextPlainText
* newObject
= new wxRichTextPlainText(secondPart
);
6993 newObject
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
6994 newObject
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
6996 newObject
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, GetRange().GetEnd()));
6997 GetRange().SetEnd(pos
-1);
7003 void wxRichTextPlainText::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
7005 end
= start
+ m_text
.length() - 1;
7006 m_range
.SetRange(start
, end
);
7010 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
7012 wxRichTextRange r
= range
;
7014 r
.LimitTo(GetRange());
7016 if (r
.GetStart() == GetRange().GetStart() && r
.GetEnd() == GetRange().GetEnd())
7022 long startIndex
= r
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
7023 long len
= r
.GetLength();
7025 m_text
= m_text
.Mid(0, startIndex
) + m_text
.Mid(startIndex
+len
);
7029 /// Get text for the given range.
7030 wxString
wxRichTextPlainText::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
7032 wxRichTextRange r
= range
;
7034 r
.LimitTo(GetRange());
7036 long startIndex
= r
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
7037 long len
= r
.GetLength();
7039 return m_text
.Mid(startIndex
, len
);
7042 /// Returns true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
7043 bool wxRichTextPlainText::CanMerge(wxRichTextObject
* object
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
) const
7046 if (!context
.GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
7048 return object
->GetClassInfo() == wxCLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText
) &&
7049 (m_text
.empty() || (wxTextAttrEq(GetAttributes(), object
->GetAttributes()) && m_properties
== object
->GetProperties()));
7053 wxRichTextPlainText
* otherObj
= wxDynamicCast(object
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
7054 if (!otherObj
|| m_text
.empty())
7057 if (!wxTextAttrEq(GetAttributes(), object
->GetAttributes()) || !(m_properties
== object
->GetProperties()))
7060 // Check if differing virtual attributes makes it impossible to merge
7063 bool hasVirtualAttr1
= context
.HasVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) this);
7064 bool hasVirtualAttr2
= context
.HasVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) object
);
7065 if (!hasVirtualAttr1
&& !hasVirtualAttr2
)
7067 else if (hasVirtualAttr1
!= hasVirtualAttr2
)
7071 wxRichTextAttr virtualAttr1
= context
.GetVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) this);
7072 wxRichTextAttr virtualAttr2
= context
.GetVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) object
);
7073 return virtualAttr1
== virtualAttr2
;
7078 /// Returns true if this object merged itself with the given one.
7079 /// The calling code will then delete the given object.
7080 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Merge(wxRichTextObject
* object
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
))
7082 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObject
= wxDynamicCast(object
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
7083 wxASSERT( textObject
!= NULL
);
7087 m_text
+= textObject
->GetText();
7088 wxRichTextApplyStyle(m_attributes
, textObject
->GetAttributes());
7095 bool wxRichTextPlainText::CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
) const
7097 // If this object has any virtual attributes at all, whether for the whole object
7098 // or individual ones, we should try splitting it by calling Split.
7099 // Must be more than one character in order to be able to split.
7100 return m_text
.Length() > 1 && context
.HasVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) this);
7103 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextPlainText::Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
)
7105 int count
= context
.GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(this);
7106 if (count
> 0 && GetParent())
7108 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* parent
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
7109 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= parent
->GetChildren().Find(this);
7112 const wxRichTextAttr emptyAttr
;
7113 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
7115 wxArrayInt positions
;
7116 wxRichTextAttrArray attributes
;
7117 if (context
.GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(this, positions
, attributes
) && positions
.GetCount() > 0)
7119 wxASSERT(positions
.GetCount() == attributes
.GetCount());
7121 // We will gather up runs of text with the same virtual attributes
7123 int len
= m_text
.Length();
7126 // runStart and runEnd represent the accumulated run with a consistent attribute
7127 // that hasn't yet been appended
7130 wxRichTextAttr currentAttr
;
7131 wxString text
= m_text
;
7132 wxRichTextPlainText
* lastPlainText
= this;
7134 for (i
= 0; i
< (int) positions
.GetCount(); i
++)
7136 int pos
= positions
[i
];
7137 wxASSERT(pos
>= 0 && pos
< len
);
7138 if (pos
>= 0 && pos
< len
)
7140 const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
= attributes
[i
];
7147 // Check if there was a gap from the last known attribute and this.
7148 // In that case, we need to do something with the span of non-attributed text.
7149 else if ((pos
-1) > runEnd
)
7153 // We hadn't processed anything previously, so the previous run is from the text start
7154 // to just before this position. The current attribute remains empty.
7160 // If the previous attribute matches the gap's attribute (i.e., no attributes)
7161 // then just extend the run.
7162 if (currentAttr
.IsDefault())
7168 // We need to add an object, or reuse the existing one.
7171 lastPlainText
= this;
7172 SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7176 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7177 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7178 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7179 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7180 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7182 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7184 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7186 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7189 runStart
= runEnd
+1;
7192 currentAttr
= emptyAttr
;
7197 wxASSERT(runEnd
== pos
-1);
7199 // Now we only have to deal with the previous run
7200 if (currentAttr
== attr
)
7202 // If we still have the same attributes, then we
7203 // simply increase the run size.
7210 // We need to add an object, or reuse the existing one.
7213 lastPlainText
= this;
7214 SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7218 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7219 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7220 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7221 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7222 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7224 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7226 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7228 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7240 // We may still have a run to add, and possibly a no-attribute text fragment after that.
7241 // If the whole string was already a single attribute (the run covers the whole string), don't split.
7242 if ((runStart
!= -1) && !(runStart
== 0 && runEnd
== (len
-1)))
7244 // If the current attribute is empty, merge the run with the next fragment
7245 // which by definition (because it's not specified) has empty attributes.
7246 if (currentAttr
.IsDefault())
7249 if (runEnd
< (len
-1))
7251 // We need to add an object, or reuse the existing one.
7254 lastPlainText
= this;
7255 SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7259 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7260 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7261 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7262 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7263 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7265 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7267 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7269 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7272 runStart
= runEnd
+1;
7276 // Now the last, non-attributed fragment at the end, if any
7277 if ((runStart
< len
) && !(runStart
== 0 && runEnd
== (len
-1)))
7279 wxASSERT(runStart
!= 0);
7281 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7282 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7283 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7284 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7286 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7288 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7290 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7292 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7296 return lastPlainText
;
7303 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
7304 void wxRichTextPlainText::Dump(wxTextOutputStream
& stream
)
7306 wxRichTextObject::Dump(stream
);
7307 stream
<< m_text
<< wxT("\n");
7310 /// Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
7311 long wxRichTextPlainText::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos
)
7314 int len
= m_text
.length();
7315 int startPos
= pos
- m_range
.GetStart();
7316 for (i
= startPos
; i
< len
; i
++)
7318 wxChar ch
= m_text
[i
];
7319 if (ch
== wxRichTextLineBreakChar
)
7321 return i
+ m_range
.GetStart();
7329 * This is a kind of box, used to represent the whole buffer
7332 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
)
7334 wxList
wxRichTextBuffer::sm_handlers
;
7335 wxList
wxRichTextBuffer::sm_drawingHandlers
;
7336 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap
wxRichTextBuffer::sm_fieldTypes
;
7337 wxRichTextRenderer
* wxRichTextBuffer::sm_renderer
= NULL
;
7338 int wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletRightMargin
= 20;
7339 float wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletProportion
= (float) 0.3;
7340 bool wxRichTextBuffer::sm_floatingLayoutMode
= true;
7343 void wxRichTextBuffer::Init()
7345 m_commandProcessor
= new wxCommandProcessor
;
7346 m_styleSheet
= NULL
;
7348 m_batchedCommandDepth
= 0;
7349 m_batchedCommand
= NULL
;
7353 m_dimensionScale
= 1.0;
7359 wxRichTextBuffer::~wxRichTextBuffer()
7361 delete m_commandProcessor
;
7362 delete m_batchedCommand
;
7365 ClearEventHandlers();
7368 void wxRichTextBuffer::ResetAndClearCommands()
7372 GetCommandProcessor()->ClearCommands();
7375 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
7378 void wxRichTextBuffer::Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer
& obj
)
7380 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj
);
7382 m_styleSheet
= obj
.m_styleSheet
;
7383 m_modified
= obj
.m_modified
;
7384 m_batchedCommandDepth
= 0;
7385 if (m_batchedCommand
)
7386 delete m_batchedCommand
;
7387 m_batchedCommand
= NULL
;
7388 m_suppressUndo
= obj
.m_suppressUndo
;
7389 m_invalidRange
= obj
.m_invalidRange
;
7390 m_dimensionScale
= obj
.m_dimensionScale
;
7391 m_fontScale
= obj
.m_fontScale
;
7394 /// Push style sheet to top of stack
7395 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
)
7398 styleSheet
->InsertSheet(m_styleSheet
);
7400 SetStyleSheet(styleSheet
);
7405 /// Pop style sheet from top of stack
7406 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* wxRichTextBuffer::PopStyleSheet()
7410 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* oldSheet
= m_styleSheet
;
7411 m_styleSheet
= oldSheet
->GetNextSheet();
7420 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
7421 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos
, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& paragraphs
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7423 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(this, pos
, paragraphs
, ctrl
, flags
);
7426 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
7427 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& paragraphs
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
7429 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7431 action
->GetNewParagraphs() = paragraphs
;
7433 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7435 wxRichTextRange range
= wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
+ paragraphs
.GetOwnRange().GetEnd() - 1);
7436 if (!paragraphs
.GetPartialParagraph())
7437 range
.SetEnd(range
.GetEnd()+1);
7439 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7440 action
->SetRange(range
);
7442 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7447 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7448 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertTextWithUndo(long pos
, const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7450 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertTextWithUndo(this, pos
, text
, ctrl
, flags
);
7453 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7454 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7456 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7458 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7459 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7460 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7462 // Get appropriate paragraph style
7463 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
, false, false);
7464 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7468 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AddParagraphs(text
, p
);
7470 int length
= action
->GetNewParagraphs().GetOwnRange().GetLength();
7472 if (!text
.empty() && text
.Last() != wxT('\n'))
7474 // Don't count the newline when undoing
7476 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7478 else if (!text
.empty() && text
.Last() == wxT('\n'))
7481 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7483 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7484 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
+ length
- 1));
7486 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7491 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7492 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7494 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertNewlineWithUndo(this, pos
, ctrl
, flags
);
7497 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7498 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7500 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7502 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7503 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7504 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7506 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
, false, true /* look for next paragraph style */);
7507 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7511 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7512 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7513 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7515 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString
, this, & attr
);
7516 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7517 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7518 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(false);
7519 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(pos
, false);
7523 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7525 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE
)
7527 if (para
&& para
->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos
)
7530 // Now see if we need to number the paragraph.
7531 if (newPara
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
7533 wxRichTextAttr numberingAttr
;
7534 if (FindNextParagraphNumber(para
, numberingAttr
))
7535 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), (const wxRichTextAttr
&) numberingAttr
);
7539 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7541 // Use the default character style
7542 if (!buffer
->GetDefaultStyle().IsDefault() && newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst())
7544 // Check whether the default style merely reflects the paragraph/basic style,
7545 // in which case don't apply it.
7546 wxRichTextAttr
defaultStyle(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7547 defaultStyle
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7548 wxRichTextAttr toApply
;
7551 wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* include box attributes */);
7552 wxRichTextAttr newAttr
;
7553 // This filters out attributes that are accounted for by the current
7554 // paragraph/basic style
7555 wxRichTextApplyStyle(toApply
, defaultStyle
, & combinedAttr
);
7558 toApply
= defaultStyle
;
7560 if (!toApply
.IsDefault())
7561 newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(toApply
);
7564 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7565 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos1
, pos1
));
7567 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7572 /// Submit command to insert the given image
7573 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertImageWithUndo(long pos
, const wxRichTextImageBlock
& imageBlock
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
,
7574 const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
)
7576 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertImageWithUndo(this, pos
, imageBlock
, ctrl
, flags
, textAttr
);
7579 /// Submit command to insert the given image
7580 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxRichTextImageBlock
& imageBlock
,
7581 wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
,
7582 const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
)
7584 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7586 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7587 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7588 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7590 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
);
7591 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7595 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7597 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7598 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7600 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr
);
7602 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7604 wxRichTextImage
* imageObject
= new wxRichTextImage(imageBlock
, newPara
);
7605 newPara
->AppendChild(imageObject
);
7606 imageObject
->SetAttributes(textAttr
);
7607 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7608 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7610 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7612 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7614 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7615 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
));
7617 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7622 // Insert an object with no change of it
7623 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextBuffer::InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos
, wxRichTextObject
*object
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7625 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertObjectWithUndo(this, pos
, object
, ctrl
, flags
);
7628 // Insert an object with no change of it
7629 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, wxRichTextObject
*object
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7631 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Object"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7633 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7634 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7635 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7637 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
);
7638 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7642 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7644 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7645 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7647 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr
);
7649 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7651 newPara
->AppendChild(object
);
7652 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7653 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7655 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7657 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7659 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7660 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
));
7662 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7664 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= GetLeafObjectAtPosition(pos
);
7668 wxRichTextField
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxString
& fieldType
,
7669 const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
,
7670 wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
,
7671 const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
)
7673 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Field"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7675 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7676 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7677 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7679 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
);
7680 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7684 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7686 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7687 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7689 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr
);
7691 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7693 wxRichTextField
* fieldObject
= new wxRichTextField();
7694 fieldObject
->wxRichTextObject::SetProperties(properties
);
7695 fieldObject
->SetFieldType(fieldType
);
7696 fieldObject
->SetAttributes(textAttr
);
7697 newPara
->AppendChild(fieldObject
);
7698 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7699 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7700 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7701 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7703 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7704 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
));
7706 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7708 wxRichTextField
* obj
= wxDynamicCast(GetLeafObjectAtPosition(pos
), wxRichTextField
);
7712 /// Get the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
7713 /// If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, look up the next-paragraph
7715 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, bool caretPosition
, bool lookUpNewParaStyle
) const
7717 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(pos
, caretPosition
);
7720 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7721 bool foundAttributes
= false;
7723 // Look for a matching paragraph style
7724 if (lookUpNewParaStyle
&& !para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
7726 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* paraDef
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
7729 // If we're not at the end of the paragraph, then we apply THIS style, and not the designated next style.
7730 if (para
->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos
&& !paraDef
->GetNextStyle().IsEmpty())
7732 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* nextParaDef
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paraDef
->GetNextStyle());
7735 foundAttributes
= true;
7736 attr
= nextParaDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet());
7740 // If we didn't find the 'next style', use this style instead.
7741 if (!foundAttributes
)
7743 foundAttributes
= true;
7744 attr
= paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet());
7749 // Also apply list style if present
7750 if (lookUpNewParaStyle
&& !para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
7752 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* listDef
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
7755 int thisIndent
= para
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
7756 int thisLevel
= para
->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel() ? para
->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel() : listDef
->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent
);
7758 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
7759 wxRichTextAttr
listStyle(listDef
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel
, buffer
->GetStyleSheet()));
7760 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, listStyle
);
7761 attr
.SetOutlineLevel(thisLevel
);
7762 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
7763 attr
.SetBulletNumber(para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber());
7767 if (!foundAttributes
)
7769 attr
= para
->GetAttributes();
7770 int flags
= attr
.GetFlags();
7772 // Eliminate character styles
7773 flags
&= ( (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT
) |
7774 (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
) |
7775 (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
) );
7776 attr
.SetFlags(flags
);
7782 return wxRichTextAttr();
7785 /// Submit command to delete this range
7786 bool wxRichTextBuffer::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
)
7788 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->DeleteRangeWithUndo(range
, ctrl
, this);
7791 /// Submit command to delete this range
7792 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
7794 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Delete"), wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
, buffer
, this, ctrl
);
7796 action
->SetPosition(ctrl
->GetCaretPosition());
7798 // Set the range to delete
7799 action
->SetRange(range
);
7801 // Copy the fragment that we'll need to restore in Undo
7802 CopyFragment(range
, action
->GetOldParagraphs());
7804 // See if we're deleting a paragraph marker, in which case we need to
7805 // make a note not to copy the attributes from the 2nd paragraph to the 1st.
7806 if (range
.GetStart() == range
.GetEnd())
7808 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetStart());
7809 if (para
&& para
->GetRange().GetEnd() == range
.GetEnd())
7811 wxRichTextParagraph
* nextPara
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetStart()+1);
7812 if (nextPara
&& nextPara
!= para
)
7814 action
->GetOldParagraphs().GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(nextPara
->GetAttributes());
7815 action
->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().SetFlags(action
->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE
);
7820 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7825 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
7826 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBatchUndo(const wxString
& cmdName
)
7828 if (m_batchedCommandDepth
== 0)
7830 wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand
== NULL
);
7831 if (m_batchedCommand
)
7833 GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand
);
7835 m_batchedCommand
= new wxRichTextCommand(cmdName
);
7838 m_batchedCommandDepth
++;
7843 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
7844 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndBatchUndo()
7846 m_batchedCommandDepth
--;
7848 wxASSERT(m_batchedCommandDepth
>= 0);
7849 wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand
!= NULL
);
7851 if (m_batchedCommandDepth
== 0)
7853 GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand
);
7854 m_batchedCommand
= NULL
;
7860 /// Submit immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on
7861 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction
* action
)
7863 if (action
&& !action
->GetNewParagraphs().IsEmpty())
7864 PrepareContent(action
->GetNewParagraphs());
7866 if (BatchingUndo() && m_batchedCommand
&& !SuppressingUndo())
7868 wxRichTextCommand
* cmd
= new wxRichTextCommand(action
->GetName());
7869 cmd
->AddAction(action
);
7871 cmd
->GetActions().Clear();
7874 m_batchedCommand
->AddAction(action
);
7878 wxRichTextCommand
* cmd
= new wxRichTextCommand(action
->GetName());
7879 cmd
->AddAction(action
);
7881 // Only store it if we're not suppressing undo.
7882 return GetCommandProcessor()->Submit(cmd
, !SuppressingUndo());
7888 /// Begin suppressing undo/redo commands.
7889 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSuppressUndo()
7896 /// End suppressing undo/redo commands.
7897 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndSuppressUndo()
7904 /// Begin using a style
7905 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
7907 wxRichTextAttr
newStyle(GetDefaultStyle());
7908 newStyle
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7910 // Save the old default style
7911 m_attributeStack
.Append((wxObject
*) new wxRichTextAttr(newStyle
));
7913 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newStyle
, style
);
7914 newStyle
.SetFlags(style
.GetFlags()|newStyle
.GetFlags());
7916 SetDefaultStyle(newStyle
);
7922 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndStyle()
7924 if (!m_attributeStack
.GetFirst())
7926 wxLogDebug(_("Too many EndStyle calls!"));
7930 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_attributeStack
.GetLast();
7931 wxRichTextAttr
* attr
= (wxRichTextAttr
*)node
->GetData();
7932 m_attributeStack
.Erase(node
);
7934 SetDefaultStyle(*attr
);
7941 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndAllStyles()
7943 while (m_attributeStack
.GetCount() != 0)
7948 /// Clear the style stack
7949 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearStyleStack()
7951 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_attributeStack
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
7952 delete (wxRichTextAttr
*) node
->GetData();
7953 m_attributeStack
.Clear();
7956 /// Begin using bold
7957 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBold()
7959 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7960 attr
.SetFontWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD
);
7962 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7965 /// Begin using italic
7966 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginItalic()
7968 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7969 attr
.SetFontStyle(wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC
);
7971 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7974 /// Begin using underline
7975 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginUnderline()
7977 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7978 attr
.SetFontUnderlined(true);
7980 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7983 /// Begin using point size
7984 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFontSize(int pointSize
)
7986 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7987 attr
.SetFontSize(pointSize
);
7989 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7992 /// Begin using this font
7993 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFont(const wxFont
& font
)
7995 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7998 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8001 /// Begin using this colour
8002 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginTextColour(const wxColour
& colour
)
8004 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8005 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
8006 attr
.SetTextColour(colour
);
8008 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8011 /// Begin using alignment
8012 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment
)
8014 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8015 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
8016 attr
.SetAlignment(alignment
);
8018 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8021 /// Begin left indent
8022 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
)
8024 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8025 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8026 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8028 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8031 /// Begin right indent
8032 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent
)
8034 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8035 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
8036 attr
.SetRightIndent(rightIndent
);
8038 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8041 /// Begin paragraph spacing
8042 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphSpacing(int before
, int after
)
8046 flags
|= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
;
8048 flags
|= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
;
8050 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8051 attr
.SetFlags(flags
);
8052 attr
.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(before
);
8053 attr
.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(after
);
8055 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8058 /// Begin line spacing
8059 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing
)
8061 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8062 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
8063 attr
.SetLineSpacing(lineSpacing
);
8065 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8068 /// Begin numbered bullet
8069 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber
, int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
, int bulletStyle
)
8071 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8072 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8073 attr
.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle
);
8074 attr
.SetBulletNumber(bulletNumber
);
8075 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8077 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8080 /// Begin symbol bullet
8081 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString
& symbol
, int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
, int bulletStyle
)
8083 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8084 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8085 attr
.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle
);
8086 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8087 attr
.SetBulletText(symbol
);
8089 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8092 /// Begin standard bullet
8093 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStandardBullet(const wxString
& bulletName
, int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
, int bulletStyle
)
8095 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8096 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8097 attr
.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle
);
8098 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8099 attr
.SetBulletName(bulletName
);
8101 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8104 /// Begin named character style
8105 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString
& characterStyle
)
8107 if (GetStyleSheet())
8109 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle
);
8112 wxRichTextAttr attr
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
8113 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8119 /// Begin named paragraph style
8120 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString
& paragraphStyle
)
8122 if (GetStyleSheet())
8124 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paragraphStyle
);
8127 wxRichTextAttr attr
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
8128 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8134 /// Begin named list style
8135 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginListStyle(const wxString
& listStyle
, int level
, int number
)
8137 if (GetStyleSheet())
8139 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(listStyle
);
8142 wxRichTextAttr
attr(def
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(level
));
8144 attr
.SetBulletNumber(number
);
8146 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8153 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginURL(const wxString
& url
, const wxString
& characterStyle
)
8155 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8157 if (!characterStyle
.IsEmpty() && GetStyleSheet())
8159 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle
);
8162 attr
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
8167 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8170 /// Adds a handler to the end
8171 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
)
8173 sm_handlers
.Append(handler
);
8176 /// Inserts a handler at the front
8177 void wxRichTextBuffer::InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
)
8179 sm_handlers
.Insert( handler
);
8182 /// Removes a handler
8183 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveHandler(const wxString
& name
)
8185 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= FindHandler(name
);
8188 sm_handlers
.DeleteObject(handler
);
8196 /// Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type
8197 wxRichTextFileHandler
*wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString
& filename
,
8198 wxRichTextFileType imageType
)
8200 if (imageType
!= wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY
)
8201 return FindHandler(imageType
);
8202 else if (!filename
.IsEmpty())
8204 wxString path
, file
, ext
;
8205 wxFileName::SplitPath(filename
, & path
, & file
, & ext
);
8206 return FindHandler(ext
, imageType
);
8213 /// Finds a handler by name
8214 wxRichTextFileHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString
& name
)
8216 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8219 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8220 if (handler
->GetName().Lower() == name
.Lower()) return handler
;
8222 node
= node
->GetNext();
8227 /// Finds a handler by extension and type
8228 wxRichTextFileHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString
& extension
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8230 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8233 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8234 if ( handler
->GetExtension().Lower() == extension
.Lower() &&
8235 (type
== wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY
|| handler
->GetType() == type
) )
8237 node
= node
->GetNext();
8242 /// Finds a handler by type
8243 wxRichTextFileHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType type
)
8245 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8248 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8249 if (handler
->GetType() == type
) return handler
;
8250 node
= node
->GetNext();
8255 void wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers()
8257 if (!FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT
))
8258 AddHandler(new wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
);
8261 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers()
8263 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8266 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8267 wxList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
8272 sm_handlers
.Clear();
8275 wxString
wxRichTextBuffer::GetExtWildcard(bool combine
, bool save
, wxArrayInt
* types
)
8282 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= GetHandlers().GetFirst();
8286 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*) node
->GetData();
8287 if (handler
->IsVisible() && ((save
&& handler
->CanSave()) || (!save
&& handler
->CanLoad())))
8292 wildcard
+= wxT(";");
8293 wildcard
+= wxT("*.") + handler
->GetExtension();
8298 wildcard
+= wxT("|");
8299 wildcard
+= handler
->GetName();
8300 wildcard
+= wxT(" ");
8301 wildcard
+= _("files");
8302 wildcard
+= wxT(" (*.");
8303 wildcard
+= handler
->GetExtension();
8304 wildcard
+= wxT(")|*.");
8305 wildcard
+= handler
->GetExtension();
8307 types
->Add(handler
->GetType());
8312 node
= node
->GetNext();
8316 wildcard
= wxT("(") + wildcard
+ wxT(")|") + wildcard
;
8321 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(const wxString
& filename
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8323 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename
, type
);
8326 SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
8327 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8328 bool success
= handler
->LoadFile(this, filename
);
8329 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
8337 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(const wxString
& filename
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8339 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename
, type
);
8342 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8343 return handler
->SaveFile(this, filename
);
8349 /// Load from a stream
8350 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(wxInputStream
& stream
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8352 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandler(type
);
8355 SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
8356 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8357 bool success
= handler
->LoadFile(this, stream
);
8358 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
8365 /// Save to a stream
8366 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(wxOutputStream
& stream
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8368 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandler(type
);
8371 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8372 return handler
->SaveFile(this, stream
);
8378 /// Copy the range to the clipboard
8379 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
8381 bool success
= false;
8382 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= this;
8383 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8384 container
= GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
8386 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
8388 if (!wxTheClipboard
->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard
->Open())
8390 wxTheClipboard
->Clear();
8392 // Add composite object
8394 wxDataObjectComposite
* compositeObject
= new wxDataObjectComposite();
8397 wxString text
= container
->GetTextForRange(range
);
8400 text
= wxTextFile::Translate(text
, wxTextFileType_Dos
);
8403 compositeObject
->Add(new wxTextDataObject(text
), false /* not preferred */);
8406 // Add rich text buffer data object. This needs the XML handler to be present.
8408 if (FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
8410 wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuf
= new wxRichTextBuffer
;
8411 container
->CopyFragment(range
, *richTextBuf
);
8413 compositeObject
->Add(new wxRichTextBufferDataObject(richTextBuf
), true /* preferred */);
8416 if (wxTheClipboard
->SetData(compositeObject
))
8419 wxTheClipboard
->Close();
8428 /// Paste the clipboard content to the buffer
8429 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PasteFromClipboard(long position
)
8431 bool success
= false;
8432 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= this;
8433 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8434 container
= GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
8436 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
8437 if (CanPasteFromClipboard())
8439 if (wxTheClipboard
->Open())
8441 if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())))
8443 wxRichTextBufferDataObject data
;
8444 wxTheClipboard
->GetData(data
);
8445 wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuffer
= data
.GetRichTextBuffer();
8448 container
->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(this, position
+1, *richTextBuffer
, GetRichTextCtrl(), 0);
8449 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8450 GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position
+ richTextBuffer
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
8451 delete richTextBuffer
;
8454 else if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT
)
8456 || wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT
)
8460 wxTextDataObject data
;
8461 wxTheClipboard
->GetData(data
);
8462 wxString
text(data
.GetText());
8465 text2
.Alloc(text
.Length()+1);
8467 for (i
= 0; i
< text
.Length(); i
++)
8469 wxChar ch
= text
[i
];
8470 if (ch
!= wxT('\r'))
8474 wxString text2
= text
;
8476 container
->InsertTextWithUndo(this, position
+1, text2
, GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
);
8478 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8479 GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position
+ text2
.Length());
8483 else if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP
))
8485 wxBitmapDataObject data
;
8486 wxTheClipboard
->GetData(data
);
8487 wxBitmap
bitmap(data
.GetBitmap());
8488 wxImage
image(bitmap
.ConvertToImage());
8490 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, this, container
, GetRichTextCtrl(), false);
8492 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AddImage(image
);
8494 if (action
->GetNewParagraphs().GetChildCount() == 1)
8495 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
8497 action
->SetPosition(position
+1);
8499 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
8500 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(position
+1, position
+1));
8502 SubmitAction(action
);
8506 wxTheClipboard
->Close();
8510 wxUnusedVar(position
);
8515 /// Can we paste from the clipboard?
8516 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CanPasteFromClipboard() const
8518 bool canPaste
= false;
8519 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
8520 if (!wxTheClipboard
->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard
->Open())
8522 if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT
)
8524 || wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT
)
8526 || wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())) ||
8527 wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP
))
8531 wxTheClipboard
->Close();
8537 /// Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes
8538 void wxRichTextBuffer::Dump()
8542 wxStringOutputStream
stream(& text
);
8543 wxTextOutputStream
textStream(stream
);
8550 /// Add an event handler
8551 bool wxRichTextBuffer::AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler
* handler
)
8553 m_eventHandlers
.Append(handler
);
8557 /// Remove an event handler
8558 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler
* handler
, bool deleteHandler
)
8560 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_eventHandlers
.Find(handler
);
8563 m_eventHandlers
.Erase(node
);
8573 /// Clear event handlers
8574 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearEventHandlers()
8576 m_eventHandlers
.Clear();
8579 /// Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
8580 /// otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
8581 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SendEvent(wxEvent
& event
, bool sendToAll
)
8583 bool success
= false;
8584 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_eventHandlers
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
8586 wxEvtHandler
* handler
= (wxEvtHandler
*) node
->GetData();
8587 if (handler
->ProcessEvent(event
))
8597 /// Set style sheet and notify of the change
8598 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet
* sheet
)
8600 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* oldSheet
= GetStyleSheet();
8602 wxWindowID winid
= wxID_ANY
;
8603 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8604 winid
= GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId();
8606 wxRichTextEvent
event(wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING
, winid
);
8607 event
.SetEventObject(GetRichTextCtrl());
8608 event
.SetContainer(GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject());
8609 event
.SetOldStyleSheet(oldSheet
);
8610 event
.SetNewStyleSheet(sheet
);
8613 if (SendEvent(event
) && !event
.IsAllowed())
8615 if (sheet
!= oldSheet
)
8621 if (oldSheet
&& oldSheet
!= sheet
)
8624 SetStyleSheet(sheet
);
8626 event
.SetEventType(wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED
);
8627 event
.SetOldStyleSheet(NULL
);
8630 return SendEvent(event
);
8633 /// Set renderer, deleting old one
8634 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer
* renderer
)
8638 sm_renderer
= renderer
;
8641 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
8642 /// information about position
8643 int wxRichTextBuffer::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
8645 int ret
= wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
8646 if (ret
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
8652 textPosition
= m_ownRange
.GetEnd()-1;
8655 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE
;
8659 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetFontScale(double fontScale
)
8661 m_fontScale
= fontScale
;
8662 m_fontTable
.SetFontScale(fontScale
);
8665 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetDimensionScale(double dimScale
)
8667 m_dimensionScale
= dimScale
;
8670 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph
* paragraph
, wxDC
& dc
, const wxRichTextAttr
& bulletAttr
, const wxRect
& rect
)
8672 if (bulletAttr
.GetTextColour().IsOk())
8674 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(bulletAttr
.GetTextColour()));
8675 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, wxBrush(bulletAttr
.GetTextColour()));
8679 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, *wxBLACK_PEN
);
8680 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxBLACK_BRUSH
);
8684 if (bulletAttr
.HasFont())
8686 font
= paragraph
->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr
);
8689 font
= (*wxNORMAL_FONT
);
8691 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
8693 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
8695 int bulletWidth
= (int) (((float) charHeight
) * wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletProportion());
8696 int bulletHeight
= bulletWidth
;
8700 // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
8701 int y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
);
8703 // Calculate where the bullet should be positioned
8704 y
= y
+ (charHeight
+1)/2 - (bulletHeight
+1)/2;
8706 // The margin between a bullet and text.
8707 int margin
= paragraph
->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
8709 if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT
)
8710 x
= rect
.x
+ rect
.width
- bulletWidth
- margin
;
8711 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE
)
8712 x
= x
+ (rect
.width
)/2 - bulletWidth
/2;
8714 if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/square"))
8716 dc
.DrawRectangle(x
, y
, bulletWidth
, bulletHeight
);
8718 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/diamond"))
8721 pts
[0].x
= x
; pts
[0].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
/2;
8722 pts
[1].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
/2; pts
[1].y
= y
;
8723 pts
[2].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
; pts
[2].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
/2;
8724 pts
[3].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
/2; pts
[3].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
;
8726 dc
.DrawPolygon(4, pts
);
8728 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/triangle"))
8731 pts
[0].x
= x
; pts
[0].y
= y
;
8732 pts
[1].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
; pts
[1].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
/2;
8733 pts
[2].x
= x
; pts
[2].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
;
8735 dc
.DrawPolygon(3, pts
);
8737 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/circle-outline"))
8739 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH
);
8740 dc
.DrawEllipse(x
, y
, bulletWidth
, bulletHeight
);
8742 else // "standard/circle", and catch-all
8744 dc
.DrawEllipse(x
, y
, bulletWidth
, bulletHeight
);
8750 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph
* paragraph
, wxDC
& dc
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxString
& text
)
8755 if ((attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL
) && !attr
.GetBulletFont().IsEmpty() && attr
.HasFont())
8757 wxRichTextAttr fontAttr
;
8758 if (attr
.HasFontPixelSize())
8759 fontAttr
.SetFontPixelSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
8761 fontAttr
.SetFontPointSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
8762 fontAttr
.SetFontStyle(attr
.GetFontStyle());
8763 fontAttr
.SetFontWeight(attr
.GetFontWeight());
8764 fontAttr
.SetFontUnderlined(attr
.GetFontUnderlined());
8765 fontAttr
.SetFontFaceName(attr
.GetBulletFont());
8766 font
= paragraph
->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(fontAttr
);
8768 else if (attr
.HasFont())
8769 font
= paragraph
->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
);
8771 font
= (*wxNORMAL_FONT
);
8773 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
8775 if (attr
.GetTextColour().IsOk())
8776 dc
.SetTextForeground(attr
.GetTextColour());
8778 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
8780 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
8782 dc
.GetTextExtent(text
, & tw
, & th
);
8786 // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
8787 int y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
);
8789 // The margin between a bullet and text.
8790 int margin
= paragraph
->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
8792 if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT
)
8793 x
= (rect
.x
+ rect
.width
) - tw
- margin
;
8794 else if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE
)
8795 x
= x
+ (rect
.width
)/2 - tw
/2;
8797 dc
.DrawText(text
, x
, y
);
8805 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph
* WXUNUSED(paragraph
), wxDC
& WXUNUSED(dc
), const wxRichTextAttr
& WXUNUSED(attr
), const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(rect
))
8807 // Currently unimplemented. The intention is to store bitmaps by name in a media store associated
8808 // with the buffer. The store will allow retrieval from memory, disk or other means.
8812 /// Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
8813 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString
& bulletNames
)
8815 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle"));
8816 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle-outline"));
8817 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/square"));
8818 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/diamond"));
8819 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/triangle"));
8828 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
)
8830 wxRichTextBox::wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
8831 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(parent
)
8836 bool wxRichTextBox::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
8841 // TODO: if the active object in the control, draw an indication.
8842 // We need to add the concept of active object, and not just focus object,
8843 // so we can apply commands (properties, delete, ...) to objects such as text boxes and images.
8844 // Ultimately we would like to be able to interactively resize an active object
8845 // using drag handles.
8846 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
8850 void wxRichTextBox::Copy(const wxRichTextBox
& obj
)
8852 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj
);
8855 // Edit properties via a GUI
8856 bool wxRichTextBox::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
8858 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, _("Box Properties"));
8859 boxDlg
.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
8861 if (boxDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
8863 // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
8864 // indeterminate in the object.
8865 boxDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
8876 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextField
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
)
8878 wxRichTextField::wxRichTextField(const wxString
& fieldType
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
8879 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(parent
)
8881 SetFieldType(fieldType
);
8885 bool wxRichTextField::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
8890 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8891 if (fieldType
&& fieldType
->Draw(this, dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
))
8894 // Fallback; but don't draw guidelines.
8895 style
&= ~wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES
;
8896 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
8899 bool wxRichTextField::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
)
8901 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8902 if (fieldType
&& fieldType
->Layout(this, dc
, context
, rect
, parentRect
, style
))
8906 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Layout(dc
, context
, rect
, parentRect
, style
);
8909 bool wxRichTextField::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
8911 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8913 return fieldType
->GetRangeSize((wxRichTextField
*) this, range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
, partialExtents
);
8915 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
, partialExtents
);
8919 void wxRichTextField::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
8922 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CalculateRange(start
, end
);
8924 wxRichTextObject::CalculateRange(start
, end
);
8928 void wxRichTextField::Copy(const wxRichTextField
& obj
)
8930 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj
);
8932 UpdateField(GetBuffer());
8935 // Edit properties via a GUI
8936 bool wxRichTextField::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
8938 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8940 return fieldType
->EditProperties(this, parent
, buffer
);
8945 bool wxRichTextField::CanEditProperties() const
8947 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8949 return fieldType
->CanEditProperties((wxRichTextField
*) this);
8954 wxString
wxRichTextField::GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const
8956 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8958 return fieldType
->GetPropertiesMenuLabel((wxRichTextField
*) this);
8960 return wxEmptyString
;
8963 bool wxRichTextField::UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
8965 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8967 return fieldType
->UpdateField(buffer
, (wxRichTextField
*) this);
8972 bool wxRichTextField::IsTopLevel() const
8974 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8976 return fieldType
->IsTopLevel((wxRichTextField
*) this);
8981 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldType
, wxObject
)
8983 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
, wxRichTextFieldType
)
8985 wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString
& name
, const wxString
& label
, int displayStyle
)
8991 SetDisplayStyle(displayStyle
);
8994 wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString
& name
, const wxBitmap
& bitmap
, int displayStyle
)
9000 SetDisplayStyle(displayStyle
);
9003 void wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Init()
9005 m_displayStyle
= wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE
;
9006 m_font
= wxFont(6, wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS
, wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL
, wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL
);
9007 m_textColour
= *wxWHITE
;
9008 m_borderColour
= *wxBLACK
;
9009 m_backgroundColour
= *wxBLACK
;
9010 m_verticalPadding
= 1;
9011 m_horizontalPadding
= 3;
9012 m_horizontalMargin
= 2;
9013 m_verticalMargin
= 0;
9016 void wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
& field
)
9018 wxRichTextFieldType::Copy(field
);
9020 m_label
= field
.m_label
;
9021 m_displayStyle
= field
.m_displayStyle
;
9022 m_font
= field
.m_font
;
9023 m_textColour
= field
.m_textColour
;
9024 m_borderColour
= field
.m_borderColour
;
9025 m_backgroundColour
= field
.m_backgroundColour
;
9026 m_verticalPadding
= field
.m_verticalPadding
;
9027 m_horizontalPadding
= field
.m_horizontalPadding
;
9028 m_horizontalMargin
= field
.m_horizontalMargin
;
9029 m_bitmap
= field
.m_bitmap
;
9032 bool wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Draw(wxRichTextField
* obj
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
), const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int WXUNUSED(style
))
9034 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE
)
9035 return false; // USe default composite drawing
9036 else // if (m_displayStyle == wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE || m_displayStyle == wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NOBORDER)
9040 wxPen
borderPen(m_borderColour
, 1, wxSOLID
);
9041 wxBrush
backgroundBrush(m_backgroundColour
);
9042 wxColour
textColour(m_textColour
);
9044 if (selection
.WithinSelection(obj
->GetRange().GetStart(), obj
))
9046 wxColour
highlightColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT
));
9047 wxColour
highlightTextColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT
));
9049 borderPen
= wxPen(highlightTextColour
, 1, wxSOLID
);
9050 backgroundBrush
= wxBrush(highlightColour
);
9052 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, backgroundBrush
);
9053 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(highlightColour
, 1, wxSOLID
));
9054 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
);
9057 if (m_displayStyle
!= wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER
)
9060 // objectRect is the area where the content is drawn, after margins around it have been taken into account
9061 wxRect objectRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(rect
.x
+ m_horizontalMargin
, rect
.y
+ wxMax(0, rect
.height
- descent
- obj
->GetCachedSize().y
)),
9062 wxSize(obj
->GetCachedSize().x
- 2*m_horizontalMargin
- borderSize
, obj
->GetCachedSize().y
));
9064 // clientArea is where the text is actually written
9065 wxRect clientArea
= objectRect
;
9067 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE
)
9069 dc
.SetPen(borderPen
);
9070 dc
.SetBrush(backgroundBrush
);
9071 dc
.DrawRoundedRectangle(objectRect
, 4.0);
9073 else if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG
)
9075 int arrowLength
= objectRect
.height
/2;
9076 clientArea
.width
-= (arrowLength
- m_horizontalPadding
);
9079 pts
[0].x
= objectRect
.x
; pts
[0].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9080 pts
[1].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
- arrowLength
; pts
[1].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9081 pts
[2].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
; pts
[2].y
= objectRect
.y
+ (objectRect
.height
/2);
9082 pts
[3].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
- arrowLength
; pts
[3].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9083 pts
[4].x
= objectRect
.x
; pts
[4].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9084 dc
.SetPen(borderPen
);
9085 dc
.SetBrush(backgroundBrush
);
9086 dc
.DrawPolygon(5, pts
);
9088 else if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG
)
9090 int arrowLength
= objectRect
.height
/2;
9091 clientArea
.width
-= (arrowLength
- m_horizontalPadding
);
9092 clientArea
.x
+= (arrowLength
- m_horizontalPadding
);
9095 pts
[0].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
; pts
[0].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9096 pts
[1].x
= objectRect
.x
+ arrowLength
; pts
[1].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9097 pts
[2].x
= objectRect
.x
; pts
[2].y
= objectRect
.y
+ (objectRect
.height
/2);
9098 pts
[3].x
= objectRect
.x
+ arrowLength
; pts
[3].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9099 pts
[4].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
; pts
[4].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9100 dc
.SetPen(borderPen
);
9101 dc
.SetBrush(backgroundBrush
);
9102 dc
.DrawPolygon(5, pts
);
9105 if (m_bitmap
.IsOk())
9107 int x
= clientArea
.x
+ (clientArea
.width
- m_bitmap
.GetWidth())/2;
9108 int y
= clientArea
.y
+ m_verticalPadding
;
9109 dc
.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap
, x
, y
, true);
9111 if (selection
.WithinSelection(obj
->GetRange().GetStart(), obj
))
9113 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxBLACK_BRUSH
);
9114 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, *wxBLACK_PEN
);
9115 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT
);
9116 dc
.DrawRectangle(wxRect(x
, y
, m_bitmap
.GetWidth(), m_bitmap
.GetHeight()));
9117 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY
);
9122 wxString
label(m_label
);
9123 if (label
.IsEmpty())
9125 int w
, h
, maxDescent
;
9127 dc
.GetTextExtent(m_label
, & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
9128 dc
.SetTextForeground(textColour
);
9130 int x
= clientArea
.x
+ (clientArea
.width
- w
)/2;
9131 int y
= clientArea
.y
+ (clientArea
.height
- (h
- maxDescent
))/2;
9132 dc
.DrawText(m_label
, x
, y
);
9139 bool wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Layout(wxRichTextField
* obj
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(rect
), const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int style
)
9141 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE
)
9142 return false; // USe default composite layout
9144 wxSize size
= GetSize(obj
, dc
, context
, style
);
9145 obj
->SetCachedSize(size
);
9146 obj
->SetMinSize(size
);
9147 obj
->SetMaxSize(size
);
9151 bool wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField
* obj
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
9153 if (IsTopLevel(obj
))
9154 return obj
->wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
);
9157 wxSize sz
= GetSize(obj
, dc
, context
, 0);
9161 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
9162 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
9165 partialExtents
->Add(lastSize
+ sz
.x
);
9172 wxSize
wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::GetSize(wxRichTextField
* WXUNUSED(obj
), wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), int WXUNUSED(style
)) const
9175 int w
= 0, h
= 0, maxDescent
= 0;
9178 if (m_bitmap
.IsOk())
9180 w
= m_bitmap
.GetWidth();
9181 h
= m_bitmap
.GetHeight();
9183 sz
= wxSize(w
+ m_horizontalMargin
*2, h
+ m_verticalMargin
*2);
9187 wxString
label(m_label
);
9188 if (label
.IsEmpty())
9191 dc
.GetTextExtent(label
, & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
9193 sz
= wxSize(w
+ m_horizontalPadding
*2 + m_horizontalMargin
*2, h
+ m_verticalPadding
*2 + m_verticalMargin
*2);
9196 if (m_displayStyle
!= wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER
)
9198 sz
.x
+= borderSize
*2;
9199 sz
.y
+= borderSize
*2;
9202 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG
|| m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG
)
9204 // Add space for the arrow
9205 sz
.x
+= (sz
.y
/2 - m_horizontalPadding
);
9211 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell
, wxRichTextBox
)
9213 wxRichTextCell::wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
9214 wxRichTextBox(parent
)
9219 bool wxRichTextCell::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
9221 return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
9225 void wxRichTextCell::Copy(const wxRichTextCell
& obj
)
9227 wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj
);
9230 // Edit properties via a GUI
9231 bool wxRichTextCell::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
9233 // We need to gather common attributes for all selected cells.
9235 wxRichTextTable
* table
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextTable
);
9236 bool multipleCells
= false;
9237 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
9239 if (table
&& buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() && buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().IsValid() &&
9240 buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().GetContainer() == GetParent())
9242 wxRichTextAttr clashingAttr
, absentAttr
;
9243 const wxRichTextSelection
& sel
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
9245 int selectedCellCount
= 0;
9246 for (i
= 0; i
< sel
.GetCount(); i
++)
9248 const wxRichTextRange
& range
= sel
[i
];
9249 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= table
->GetCell(range
.GetStart());
9252 wxRichTextAttr cellStyle
= cell
->GetAttributes();
9254 CollectStyle(attr
, cellStyle
, clashingAttr
, absentAttr
);
9256 selectedCellCount
++;
9259 multipleCells
= selectedCellCount
> 1;
9263 attr
= GetAttributes();
9268 caption
= _("Multiple Cell Properties");
9270 caption
= _("Cell Properties");
9272 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
cellDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, caption
);
9273 cellDlg
.SetAttributes(attr
);
9275 wxRichTextSizePage
* sizePage
= wxDynamicCast(cellDlg
.FindPage(wxCLASSINFO(wxRichTextSizePage
)), wxRichTextSizePage
);
9278 // We don't want position and floating controls for a cell.
9279 sizePage
->ShowPositionControls(false);
9280 sizePage
->ShowFloatingControls(false);
9283 if (cellDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
9287 const wxRichTextSelection
& sel
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
9288 // Apply the style; we interpret indeterminate attributes as 'don't touch this attribute'
9289 // since it may represent clashing attributes across multiple objects.
9290 table
->SetCellStyle(sel
, attr
);
9293 // For a single object, indeterminate attributes set by the user should be reflected in the
9294 // actual object style, so pass the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET flag to assign
9295 // the style directly instead of applying (which ignores indeterminate attributes,
9296 // leaving them as they were).
9297 cellDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
9304 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray
)
9306 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable
, wxRichTextBox
)
9308 wxRichTextTable::wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject
* parent
): wxRichTextBox(parent
)
9314 // Draws the object.
9315 bool wxRichTextTable::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
9317 return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
9320 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxRect
, wxRichTextRectArray
);
9321 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRectArray
);
9323 // Lays the object out. rect is the space available for layout. Often it will
9324 // be the specified overall space for this object, if trying to constrain
9325 // layout to a particular size, or it could be the total space available in the
9326 // parent. rect is the overall size, so we must subtract margins and padding.
9327 // to get the actual available space.
9328 bool wxRichTextTable::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int style
)
9330 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
9332 // TODO: the meaty bit. Calculate sizes of all cells and rows. Try to use
9333 // minimum size if within alloted size, then divide up remaining size
9334 // between rows/cols.
9337 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
9338 if (buffer
) scale
= buffer
->GetScale();
9340 wxRect availableSpace
= GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect
);
9341 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, availableSpace
.GetSize());
9343 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
9344 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
9346 // If we have no fixed table size, and assuming we're not pushed for
9347 // space, then we don't have to try to stretch the table to fit the contents.
9348 bool stretchToFitTableWidth
= false;
9350 int tableWidth
= rect
.width
;
9351 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
9353 tableWidth
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
9355 // Fixed table width, so we do want to stretch columns out if necessary.
9356 stretchToFitTableWidth
= true;
9358 // Shouldn't be able to exceed the size passed to this function
9359 tableWidth
= wxMin(rect
.width
, tableWidth
);
9362 // Get internal padding
9363 int paddingLeft
= 0, paddingTop
= 0;
9364 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
9365 paddingLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
9366 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
9367 paddingTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
9369 // Assume that left and top padding are also used for inter-cell padding.
9370 int paddingX
= paddingLeft
;
9371 int paddingY
= paddingTop
;
9373 int totalLeftMargin
= 0, totalRightMargin
= 0, totalTopMargin
= 0, totalBottomMargin
= 0;
9374 GetTotalMargin(dc
, buffer
, attr
, totalLeftMargin
, totalRightMargin
, totalTopMargin
, totalBottomMargin
);
9376 // Internal table width - the area for content
9377 int internalTableWidth
= tableWidth
- totalLeftMargin
- totalRightMargin
;
9379 int rowCount
= m_cells
.GetCount();
9380 if (m_colCount
== 0 || rowCount
== 0)
9382 wxRect
overallRect(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, totalLeftMargin
+ totalRightMargin
, totalTopMargin
+ totalBottomMargin
);
9383 SetCachedSize(overallRect
.GetSize());
9385 // Zero content size
9386 SetMinSize(overallRect
.GetSize());
9387 SetMaxSize(GetMinSize());
9391 // The final calculated widths
9392 wxArrayInt colWidths
;
9393 colWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9395 wxArrayInt absoluteColWidths
;
9396 absoluteColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9398 wxArrayInt percentageColWidths
;
9399 percentageColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9400 // wxArrayInt percentageColWidthsSpanning(m_colCount);
9401 // These are only relevant when the first column contains spanning information.
9402 // wxArrayInt columnSpans(m_colCount); // Each contains 1 for non-spanning cell, > 1 for spanning cell.
9403 wxArrayInt maxColWidths
;
9404 maxColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9405 wxArrayInt minColWidths
;
9406 minColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9408 wxSize
tableSize(tableWidth
, 0);
9412 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9414 absoluteColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9415 // absoluteColWidthsSpanning[i] = 0;
9416 percentageColWidths
[i
] = -1;
9417 // percentageColWidthsSpanning[i] = -1;
9419 maxColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9420 minColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9421 // columnSpans[i] = 1;
9424 // (0) Determine which cells are visible according to spans
9426 // __________________
9431 // |------------------|
9432 // |__________________| 4
9434 // To calculate cell visibility:
9435 // First find all spanning cells. Build an array of span records with start x, y and end x, y.
9436 // Then for each cell, test whether we're within one of those cells, and unless we're at the start of
9437 // that cell, hide the cell.
9439 // We can also use this array to match the size of spanning cells to the grid. Or just do
9440 // this when we iterate through all cells.
9442 // 0.1: add spanning cells to an array
9443 wxRichTextRectArray rectArray
;
9444 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9446 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9448 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9449 int colSpan
= 1, rowSpan
= 1;
9450 if (cell
->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
9451 colSpan
= cell
->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
9452 if (cell
->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("rowspan")))
9453 rowSpan
= cell
->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("rowspan"));
9454 if (colSpan
> 1 || rowSpan
> 1)
9456 rectArray
.Add(wxRect(i
, j
, colSpan
, rowSpan
));
9460 // 0.2: find which cells are subsumed by a spanning cell
9461 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9463 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9465 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9466 if (rectArray
.GetCount() == 0)
9472 int colSpan
= 1, rowSpan
= 1;
9473 if (cell
->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
9474 colSpan
= cell
->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
9475 if (cell
->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("rowspan")))
9476 rowSpan
= cell
->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("rowspan"));
9477 if (colSpan
> 1 || rowSpan
> 1)
9479 // Assume all spanning cells are shown
9485 for (k
= 0; k
< (int) rectArray
.GetCount(); k
++)
9487 if (rectArray
[k
].Contains(wxPoint(i
, j
)))
9499 // TODO: find the first spanned cell in each row that spans the most columns and doesn't
9500 // overlap with a spanned cell starting at a previous column position.
9501 // This means we need to keep an array of rects so we can check. However
9502 // it does also mean that some spans simply may not be taken into account
9503 // where there are different spans happening on different rows. In these cases,
9504 // they will simply be as wide as their constituent columns.
9506 // (1) Do an initial layout for all cells to get minimum and maximum size, and get
9507 // the absolute or percentage width of each column.
9509 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9511 // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
9512 // the available content space for all cells on the row
9514 int overallRowContentMargin
= 0;
9515 int visibleCellCount
= 0;
9517 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9519 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9520 if (cell
->IsShown())
9522 int cellTotalLeftMargin
= 0, cellTotalRightMargin
= 0, cellTotalTopMargin
= 0, cellTotalBottomMargin
= 0;
9523 GetTotalMargin(dc
, buffer
, cell
->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin
, cellTotalRightMargin
, cellTotalTopMargin
, cellTotalBottomMargin
);
9525 overallRowContentMargin
+= (cellTotalLeftMargin
+ cellTotalRightMargin
);
9526 visibleCellCount
++;
9530 // Add in inter-cell padding
9531 overallRowContentMargin
+= ((visibleCellCount
-1) * paddingX
);
9533 int rowContentWidth
= internalTableWidth
- overallRowContentMargin
;
9534 wxSize
rowTableSize(rowContentWidth
, 0);
9535 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, rowTableSize
);
9537 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9539 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9540 if (cell
->IsShown())
9543 if (cell
->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
9544 colSpan
= cell
->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
9546 // Lay out cell to find min/max widths
9547 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
9548 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
9552 int absoluteCellWidth
= -1;
9553 int percentageCellWidth
= -1;
9555 // I think we need to calculate percentages from the internal table size,
9556 // minus the padding between cells which we'll need to calculate from the
9557 // (number of VISIBLE cells - 1)*paddingX. Then percentages that add up to 100%
9558 // will add up to 100%. In CSS, the width specifies the cell's content rect width,
9559 // so if we want to conform to that we'll need to add in the overall cell margins.
9560 // However, this will make it difficult to specify percentages that add up to
9561 // 100% and still fit within the table width.
9562 // Let's say two cells have 50% width. They have 10 pixels of overall margin each.
9563 // The table content rect is 500 pixels and the inter-cell padding is 20 pixels.
9564 // If we're using internal content size for the width, we would calculate the
9565 // the overall cell width for n cells as:
9566 // (500 - 20*(n-1) - overallCellMargin1 - overallCellMargin2 - ...) * percentage / 100
9567 // + thisOverallCellMargin
9568 // = 500 - 20 - 10 - 10) * 0.5 + 10 = 240 pixels overall cell width.
9569 // Adding this back, we get 240 + 240 + 20 = 500 pixels.
9571 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
9573 int w
= converter
.GetPixels(cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
9574 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
9576 percentageCellWidth
= w
;
9580 absoluteCellWidth
= w
;
9582 // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
9583 if (cell
->GetMinSize().x
> 0 && absoluteCellWidth
!=1 && cell
->GetMinSize().x
> absoluteCellWidth
)
9584 absoluteCellWidth
= cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9587 if (absoluteCellWidth
!= -1)
9589 if (absoluteCellWidth
> absoluteColWidths
[i
])
9590 absoluteColWidths
[i
] = absoluteCellWidth
;
9593 if (percentageCellWidth
!= -1)
9595 if (percentageCellWidth
> percentageColWidths
[i
])
9596 percentageColWidths
[i
] = percentageCellWidth
;
9599 if (colSpan
== 1 && cell
->GetMinSize().x
&& cell
->GetMinSize().x
> minColWidths
[i
])
9600 minColWidths
[i
] = cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9601 if (colSpan
== 1 && cell
->GetMaxSize().x
&& cell
->GetMaxSize().x
> maxColWidths
[i
])
9602 maxColWidths
[i
] = cell
->GetMaxSize().x
;
9608 // (2) Allocate initial column widths from minimum widths, absolute values and proportions
9609 // TODO: simply merge this into (1).
9610 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9612 if (absoluteColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9614 colWidths
[i
] = absoluteColWidths
[i
];
9616 else if (percentageColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9618 colWidths
[i
] = percentageColWidths
[i
];
9620 // This is rubbish - we calculated the absolute widths from percentages, so
9621 // we can't do it again here.
9622 //colWidths[i] = (int) (double(percentageColWidths[i]) * double(tableWidth) / 100.0 + 0.5);
9626 // (3) Process absolute or proportional widths of spanning columns,
9627 // now that we know what our fixed column widths are going to be.
9628 // Spanned cells will try to adjust columns so the span will fit.
9629 // Even existing fixed column widths can be expanded if necessary.
9630 // Actually, currently fixed columns widths aren't adjusted; instead,
9631 // the algorithm favours earlier rows and adjusts unspecified column widths
9632 // the first time only. After that, we can't know whether the column has been
9633 // specified explicitly or not. (We could make a note if necessary.)
9634 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9636 // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
9637 // the available content space for all cells on the row
9639 int overallRowContentMargin
= 0;
9640 int visibleCellCount
= 0;
9642 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9644 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9645 if (cell
->IsShown())
9647 int cellTotalLeftMargin
= 0, cellTotalRightMargin
= 0, cellTotalTopMargin
= 0, cellTotalBottomMargin
= 0;
9648 GetTotalMargin(dc
, buffer
, cell
->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin
, cellTotalRightMargin
, cellTotalTopMargin
, cellTotalBottomMargin
);
9650 overallRowContentMargin
+= (cellTotalLeftMargin
+ cellTotalRightMargin
);
9651 visibleCellCount
++;
9655 // Add in inter-cell padding
9656 overallRowContentMargin
+= ((visibleCellCount
-1) * paddingX
);
9658 int rowContentWidth
= internalTableWidth
- overallRowContentMargin
;
9659 wxSize
rowTableSize(rowContentWidth
, 0);
9660 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, rowTableSize
);
9662 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9664 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9665 if (cell
->IsShown())
9668 if (cell
->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
9669 colSpan
= cell
->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
9673 int spans
= wxMin(colSpan
, m_colCount
- i
);
9677 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
9679 cellWidth
= converter
.GetPixels(cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
9680 // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
9681 if (cell
->GetMinSize().x
> 0 && cellWidth
!=1 && cell
->GetMinSize().x
> cellWidth
)
9682 cellWidth
= cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9686 // Do we want to do this? It's the only chance we get to
9687 // use the cell's min/max sizes, so we need to work out
9688 // how we're going to balance the unspecified spanning cell
9689 // width with the possibility more-constrained constituent cell widths.
9690 // Say there's a tiny bitmap giving it a max width of 10 pixels. We
9691 // don't want to constraint all the spanned columns to fit into this cell.
9692 // OK, let's say that if any of the constituent columns don't fit,
9693 // then we simply stop constraining the columns; instead, we'll just fit the spanning
9694 // cells to the columns later.
9695 cellWidth
= cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9696 if (cell
->GetMaxSize().x
> cellWidth
)
9697 cellWidth
= cell
->GetMaxSize().x
;
9700 // Subtract the padding between cells
9701 int spanningWidth
= cellWidth
;
9702 spanningWidth
-= paddingX
* (spans
-1);
9704 if (spanningWidth
> 0)
9706 // Now share the spanning width between columns within that span
9707 // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
9708 int spanningWidthLeft
= spanningWidth
;
9709 int stretchColCount
= 0;
9710 for (k
= i
; k
< (i
+spans
); k
++)
9712 if (colWidths
[k
] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
9713 spanningWidthLeft
-= colWidths
[k
];
9717 // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
9719 if (stretchColCount
> 0)
9720 colShare
= spanningWidthLeft
/ stretchColCount
;
9721 int colShareRemainder
= spanningWidthLeft
- (colShare
* stretchColCount
);
9723 // If fixed-width columns are currently too big, then we'll later
9724 // stretch the spanned cell to fit.
9726 if (spanningWidthLeft
> 0)
9728 for (k
= i
; k
< (i
+spans
); k
++)
9730 if (colWidths
[k
] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
9732 int newWidth
= colShare
;
9733 if (k
== (i
+spans
-1))
9734 newWidth
+= colShareRemainder
; // ensure all pixels are filled
9735 colWidths
[k
] = newWidth
;
9746 // (4) Next, share any remaining space out between columns that have not yet been calculated.
9747 // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
9748 int tableWidthMinusPadding
= internalTableWidth
- (m_colCount
-1)*paddingX
;
9749 int widthLeft
= tableWidthMinusPadding
;
9750 int stretchColCount
= 0;
9751 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9753 // TODO: we need to take into account min widths.
9754 // Subtract min width from width left, then
9755 // add the colShare to the min width
9756 if (colWidths
[i
] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
9757 widthLeft
-= colWidths
[i
];
9760 if (minColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9761 widthLeft
-= minColWidths
[i
];
9767 // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
9769 if (stretchColCount
> 0)
9770 colShare
= widthLeft
/ stretchColCount
;
9771 int colShareRemainder
= widthLeft
- (colShare
* stretchColCount
);
9773 // Check we don't have enough space, in which case shrink all columns, overriding
9774 // any absolute/proportional widths
9775 // TODO: actually we would like to divide up the shrinkage according to size.
9776 // How do we calculate the proportions that will achieve this?
9777 // Could first choose an arbitrary value for stretching cells, and then calculate
9778 // factors to multiply each width by.
9779 // TODO: want to record this fact and pass to an iteration that tries e.g. min widths
9780 if (widthLeft
< 0 || (stretchToFitTableWidth
&& (stretchColCount
== 0)))
9782 colShare
= tableWidthMinusPadding
/ m_colCount
;
9783 colShareRemainder
= tableWidthMinusPadding
- (colShare
* m_colCount
);
9784 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9787 minColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9791 // We have to adjust the columns if either we need to shrink the
9792 // table to fit the parent/table width, or we explicitly set the
9793 // table width and need to stretch out the table.
9794 if (widthLeft
< 0 || stretchToFitTableWidth
)
9796 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9798 if (colWidths
[i
] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
9800 if (minColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9801 colWidths
[i
] = minColWidths
[i
] + colShare
;
9803 colWidths
[i
] = colShare
;
9804 if (i
== (m_colCount
-1))
9805 colWidths
[i
] += colShareRemainder
; // ensure all pixels are filled
9810 // TODO: if spanned cells have no specified or max width, make them the
9811 // as big as the columns they span. Do this for all spanned cells in all
9812 // rows, of course. Size any spanned cells left over at the end - even if they
9813 // have width > 0, make sure they're limited to the appropriate column edge.
9817 Sort out confusion between content width
9818 and overall width later. For now, assume we specify overall width.
9820 So, now we've laid out the table to fit into the given space
9821 and have used specified widths and minimum widths.
9823 Now we need to consider how we will try to take maximum width into account.
9827 // (??) TODO: take max width into account
9829 // (6) Lay out all cells again with the current values
9832 int y
= availableSpace
.y
;
9833 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9835 int x
= availableSpace
.x
; // TODO: take into account centering etc.
9836 int maxCellHeight
= 0;
9837 int maxSpecifiedCellHeight
= 0;
9839 wxArrayInt actualWidths
;
9840 actualWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9842 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
);
9843 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9845 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9846 if (cell
->IsShown())
9848 // Get max specified cell height
9849 // Don't handle percentages for height
9850 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() != wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
9852 int h
= converter
.GetPixels(cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
9853 if (h
> maxSpecifiedCellHeight
)
9854 maxSpecifiedCellHeight
= h
;
9857 if (colWidths
[i
] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
9860 if (cell
->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
9861 colSpan
= cell
->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
9863 wxRect availableCellSpace
;
9865 // TODO: take into acount spans
9868 // Calculate the size of this spanning cell from its constituent columns
9870 int spans
= wxMin(colSpan
, m_colCount
- i
);
9871 for (k
= i
; k
< spans
; k
++)
9877 availableCellSpace
= wxRect(x
, y
, xx
, -1);
9880 availableCellSpace
= wxRect(x
, y
, colWidths
[i
], -1);
9882 // Store actual width so we can force cell to be the appropriate width on the final loop
9883 actualWidths
[i
] = availableCellSpace
.GetWidth();
9886 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
9887 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableCellSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
9889 // TODO: use GetCachedSize().x to compute 'natural' size
9891 x
+= (availableCellSpace
.GetWidth() + paddingX
);
9892 if (cell
->GetCachedSize().y
> maxCellHeight
)
9893 maxCellHeight
= cell
->GetCachedSize().y
;
9898 maxCellHeight
= wxMax(maxCellHeight
, maxSpecifiedCellHeight
);
9900 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9902 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9903 if (cell
->IsShown())
9905 wxRect availableCellSpace
= wxRect(cell
->GetPosition(), wxSize(actualWidths
[i
], maxCellHeight
));
9906 // Lay out cell with new height
9907 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
9908 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableCellSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
9910 // Make sure the cell size really is the appropriate size,
9911 // not the calculated box size
9912 cell
->SetCachedSize(wxSize(actualWidths
[i
], maxCellHeight
));
9914 maxRight
= wxMax(maxRight
, cell
->GetPosition().x
+ cell
->GetCachedSize().x
);
9919 if (j
< (m_rowCount
-1))
9923 // We need to add back the margins etc.
9925 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
9926 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxRight
- availableSpace
.x
, y
- availableSpace
.y
));
9927 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
9928 SetCachedSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
9931 // TODO: calculate max size
9933 SetMaxSize(GetCachedSize());
9936 // TODO: calculate min size
9938 SetMinSize(GetCachedSize());
9941 // TODO: currently we use either a fixed table width or the parent's size.
9942 // We also want to be able to calculate the table width from its content,
9943 // whether using fixed column widths or cell content min/max width.
9944 // Probably need a boolean flag to say whether we need to stretch cells
9945 // to fit the table width, or to simply use min/max cell widths. The
9946 // trouble with this is that if cell widths are not specified, they
9947 // will be tiny; we could use arbitrary defaults but this seems unsatisfactory.
9948 // Anyway, ignoring that problem, we probably need to factor layout into a function
9949 // that can can calculate the maximum unconstrained layout in case table size is
9950 // not specified. Then LayoutToBestSize() can choose to use either parent size to
9951 // constrain Layout(), or the previously-calculated max size to constraint layout.
9956 // Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
9957 bool wxRichTextTable::FindPosition(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, long index
, wxPoint
& pt
, int* height
, bool forceLineStart
)
9959 wxRichTextCell
* child
= GetCell(index
+1);
9962 // Find the position at the start of the child cell, since the table doesn't
9963 // have any caret position of its own.
9964 return child
->FindPosition(dc
, context
, -1, pt
, height
, forceLineStart
);
9970 // Get the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
9971 wxRichTextCell
* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(long pos
) const
9973 int row
= 0, col
= 0;
9974 if (GetCellRowColumnPosition(pos
, row
, col
))
9976 return GetCell(row
, col
);
9982 // Get the row/column for a given character position
9983 bool wxRichTextTable::GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos
, int& row
, int& col
) const
9985 if (m_colCount
== 0 || m_rowCount
== 0)
9988 row
= (int) (pos
/ m_colCount
);
9989 col
= pos
- (row
* m_colCount
);
9991 wxASSERT(row
< m_rowCount
&& col
< m_colCount
);
9993 if (row
< m_rowCount
&& col
< m_colCount
)
9999 // Calculate range, taking row/cell ordering into account instead of relying
10000 // on list ordering.
10001 void wxRichTextTable::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
10003 long current
= start
;
10004 long lastEnd
= current
;
10013 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10015 for (j
= 0; j
< m_colCount
; j
++)
10017 wxRichTextCell
* child
= GetCell(i
, j
);
10022 child
->CalculateRange(current
, childEnd
);
10024 lastEnd
= childEnd
;
10025 current
= childEnd
+ 1;
10030 // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
10031 // because its children don't count at this level.
10033 m_range
.SetRange(start
, start
);
10035 // An object with no children has zero length
10036 if (m_children
.GetCount() == 0)
10038 m_ownRange
.SetRange(0, lastEnd
);
10041 // Gets the range size.
10042 bool wxRichTextTable::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
10044 return wxRichTextBox::GetRangeSize(range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
, partialExtents
);
10047 // Deletes content in the given range.
10048 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
))
10050 // TODO: implement deletion of cells
10054 // Gets any text in this object for the given range.
10055 wxString
wxRichTextTable::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
10057 return wxRichTextBox::GetTextForRange(range
);
10060 // Copies this object.
10061 void wxRichTextTable::Copy(const wxRichTextTable
& obj
)
10063 wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj
);
10067 m_rowCount
= obj
.m_rowCount
;
10068 m_colCount
= obj
.m_colCount
;
10070 m_cells
.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), m_rowCount
);
10073 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10075 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[i
];
10076 for (j
= 0; j
< m_colCount
; j
++)
10078 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= wxDynamicCast(obj
.GetCell(i
, j
)->Clone(), wxRichTextCell
);
10081 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10086 void wxRichTextTable::ClearTable()
10094 bool wxRichTextTable::CreateTable(int rows
, int cols
)
10101 m_cells
.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), rows
);
10104 for (i
= 0; i
< rows
; i
++)
10106 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[i
];
10107 for (j
= 0; j
< cols
; j
++)
10109 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= new wxRichTextCell
;
10111 cell
->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
10113 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10120 wxRichTextCell
* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(int row
, int col
) const
10122 wxASSERT(row
< m_rowCount
);
10123 wxASSERT(col
< m_colCount
);
10125 if (row
< m_rowCount
&& col
< m_colCount
)
10127 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[row
];
10128 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= colArray
[col
];
10129 return wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextCell
);
10135 // Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
10136 // For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
10137 wxRichTextSelection
wxRichTextTable::GetSelection(long start
, long end
) const
10139 wxRichTextSelection selection
;
10140 selection
.SetContainer((wxRichTextTable
*) this);
10149 wxASSERT( start
>= 0 && end
< (m_colCount
* m_rowCount
));
10151 if (end
>= (m_colCount
* m_rowCount
))
10154 // We need to find the rectangle of cells that is described by the rectangle
10155 // with start, end as the diagonal. Make sure we don't add cells that are
10156 // not currenty visible because they are overlapped by spanning cells.
10158 --------------------------
10159 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
10160 --------------------------
10161 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
10162 --------------------------
10163 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
10164 --------------------------
10165 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 |
10166 --------------------------
10168 Let's say we select 6 -> 18.
10170 Left and right edge cols of rectangle are 1 and 3 inclusive. Find least/greatest to find
10171 which is left and which is right.
10173 Top and bottom edge rows are 1 and 3 inclusive. Again, find least/greatest to find top and bottom.
10175 Now go through rows from 1 to 3 and only add cells that are (a) within above column range
10181 int leftCol
= start
- m_colCount
* int(start
/m_colCount
);
10182 int rightCol
= end
- m_colCount
* int(end
/m_colCount
);
10184 int topRow
= int(start
/m_colCount
);
10185 int bottomRow
= int(end
/m_colCount
);
10187 if (leftCol
> rightCol
)
10189 int tmp
= rightCol
;
10190 rightCol
= leftCol
;
10194 if (topRow
> bottomRow
)
10196 int tmp
= bottomRow
;
10197 bottomRow
= topRow
;
10202 for (i
= topRow
; i
<= bottomRow
; i
++)
10204 for (j
= leftCol
; j
<= rightCol
; j
++)
10206 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(i
, j
);
10207 if (cell
&& cell
->IsShown())
10208 selection
.Add(cell
->GetRange());
10215 // Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
10216 bool wxRichTextTable::SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, int flags
)
10218 if (selection
.GetContainer() != this)
10221 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10222 bool haveControl
= (buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
10223 bool withUndo
= haveControl
&& ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
10226 buffer
->BeginBatchUndo(_("Set Cell Style"));
10228 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
10231 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextCell
);
10232 if (cell
&& selection
.WithinSelection(cell
->GetRange().GetStart()))
10233 SetStyle(cell
, style
, flags
);
10234 node
= node
->GetNext();
10237 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
10239 buffer
->EndBatchUndo();
10244 wxPosition
wxRichTextTable::GetFocusedCell() const
10246 wxPosition
position(-1, -1);
10247 const wxRichTextObject
* focus
= GetBuffer()->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
10249 for (int row
= 0; row
< GetRowCount(); ++row
)
10251 for (int col
= 0; col
< GetColumnCount(); ++col
)
10253 if (GetCell(row
, col
) == focus
)
10255 position
.SetRow(row
);
10256 position
.SetCol(col
);
10265 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRows(int startRow
, int noRows
)
10267 wxASSERT((startRow
+ noRows
) <= m_rowCount
);
10268 if ((startRow
+ noRows
) > m_rowCount
)
10271 wxCHECK_MSG(noRows
!= m_rowCount
, false, "Trying to delete all the cells in a table");
10273 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10274 wxRichTextCtrl
* rtc
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl();
10276 wxPosition position
= GetFocusedCell();
10277 int focusCol
= position
.GetCol();
10278 int focusRow
= position
.GetRow();
10279 if (focusRow
>= startRow
&& focusRow
< (startRow
+noRows
))
10281 // Deleting a focused cell causes a segfault later when laying out, due to GetFocusedObject() returning an invalid object
10282 if ((startRow
+ noRows
) < m_rowCount
)
10284 // There are more rows after the one(s) to be deleted, so set focus in the first of them
10285 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(startRow
+ noRows
, focusCol
));
10289 // Otherwise set focus in the preceding row
10290 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(startRow
- 1, focusCol
));
10294 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10295 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10296 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10298 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10299 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10300 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10301 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Delete row"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, rtc
);
10302 action
->SetObject(this);
10303 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10307 for (i
= startRow
; i
< (startRow
+noRows
); i
++)
10309 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[startRow
];
10310 for (j
= 0; j
< (int) colArray
.GetCount(); j
++)
10312 wxRichTextObject
* cell
= colArray
[j
];
10313 RemoveChild(cell
, true);
10316 // Keep deleting at the same position, since we move all
10318 m_cells
.RemoveAt(startRow
);
10321 m_rowCount
= m_rowCount
- noRows
;
10323 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10325 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10326 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10327 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10333 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteColumns(int startCol
, int noCols
)
10335 wxASSERT((startCol
+ noCols
) <= m_colCount
);
10336 if ((startCol
+ noCols
) > m_colCount
)
10339 wxCHECK_MSG(noCols
!= m_colCount
, false, "Trying to delete all the cells in a table");
10341 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10342 wxRichTextCtrl
* rtc
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl();
10344 wxPosition position
= GetFocusedCell();
10345 int focusCol
= position
.GetCol();
10346 int focusRow
= position
.GetRow();
10347 if (focusCol
>= startCol
&& focusCol
< (startCol
+noCols
))
10349 // Deleting a focused cell causes a segfault later when laying out, due to GetFocusedObject() returning an invalid object
10350 if ((startCol
+ noCols
) < m_colCount
)
10352 // There are more columns after the one(s) to be deleted, so set focus in the first of them
10353 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(focusRow
, startCol
+ noCols
));
10357 // Otherwise set focus in the preceding column
10358 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(focusRow
, startCol
- 1));
10362 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10363 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10364 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10366 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10367 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10368 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10369 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Delete column"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, rtc
);
10370 action
->SetObject(this);
10371 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10374 bool deleteRows
= (noCols
== m_colCount
);
10377 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10379 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[deleteRows
? 0 : i
];
10380 for (j
= 0; j
< noCols
; j
++)
10382 wxRichTextObject
* cell
= colArray
[startCol
];
10383 RemoveChild(cell
, true);
10384 colArray
.RemoveAt(startCol
);
10388 m_cells
.RemoveAt(0);
10393 m_colCount
= m_colCount
- noCols
;
10395 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10397 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10398 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10399 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10405 bool wxRichTextTable::AddRows(int startRow
, int noRows
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
10407 wxASSERT(startRow
<= m_rowCount
);
10408 if (startRow
> m_rowCount
)
10411 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10412 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10413 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10414 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10416 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10417 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10418 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10419 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Add row"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
10420 action
->SetObject(this);
10421 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10425 for (i
= 0; i
< noRows
; i
++)
10428 if (startRow
== m_rowCount
)
10430 m_cells
.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray());
10431 idx
= m_cells
.GetCount() - 1;
10435 m_cells
.Insert(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), startRow
+i
);
10439 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[idx
];
10440 for (j
= 0; j
< m_colCount
; j
++)
10442 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= new wxRichTextCell
;
10443 cell
->GetAttributes() = attr
;
10446 cell
->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
10447 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10451 m_rowCount
= m_rowCount
+ noRows
;
10453 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10455 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10456 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10457 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10463 bool wxRichTextTable::AddColumns(int startCol
, int noCols
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
10465 wxASSERT(startCol
<= m_colCount
);
10466 if (startCol
> m_colCount
)
10469 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10470 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10471 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10472 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10474 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10475 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10476 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10477 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Add column"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
10478 action
->SetObject(this);
10479 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10483 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10485 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[i
];
10486 for (j
= 0; j
< noCols
; j
++)
10488 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= new wxRichTextCell
;
10489 cell
->GetAttributes() = attr
;
10492 cell
->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
10494 if (startCol
== m_colCount
)
10495 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10497 colArray
.Insert(cell
, startCol
+j
);
10501 m_colCount
= m_colCount
+ noCols
;
10503 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10505 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10506 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10507 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10513 // Edit properties via a GUI
10514 bool wxRichTextTable::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
10516 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, _("Table Properties"));
10517 boxDlg
.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
10519 if (boxDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
10521 boxDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
10529 * Module to initialise and clean up handlers
10532 class wxRichTextModule
: public wxModule
10534 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule
)
10536 wxRichTextModule() {}
10539 wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(new wxRichTextStdRenderer
);
10540 wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers();
10541 wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs();
10543 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("text"), wxT("wxRichTextPlainText"));
10544 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("symbol"), wxT("wxRichTextPlainText"));
10545 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("image"), wxT("wxRichTextImage"));
10546 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("paragraph"), wxT("wxRichTextParagraph"));
10547 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("paragraphlayout"), wxT("wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox"));
10548 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("textbox"), wxT("wxRichTextBox"));
10549 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("cell"), wxT("wxRichTextCell"));
10550 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("table"), wxT("wxRichTextTable"));
10551 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("field"), wxT("wxRichTextField"));
10557 wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers();
10558 wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpDrawingHandlers();
10559 wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpFieldTypes();
10560 wxRichTextXMLHandler::ClearNodeToClassMap();
10561 wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(-1);
10562 wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs();
10563 wxRichTextCtrl::ClearAvailableFontNames();
10564 wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(NULL
);
10568 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule
, wxModule
)
10571 // If the richtext lib is dynamically loaded after the app has already started
10572 // (such as from wxPython) then the built-in module system will not init this
10573 // module. Provide this function to do it manually.
10574 void wxRichTextModuleInit()
10576 wxModule
* module = new wxRichTextModule
;
10577 wxModule::RegisterModule(module);
10578 wxModule::InitializeModules();
10583 * Commands for undo/redo
10587 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString
& name
, wxRichTextCommandId id
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
,
10588 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, bool ignoreFirstTime
): wxCommand(true, name
)
10590 /* wxRichTextAction* action = */ new wxRichTextAction(this, name
, id
, buffer
, container
, ctrl
, ignoreFirstTime
);
10593 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString
& name
): wxCommand(true, name
)
10597 wxRichTextCommand::~wxRichTextCommand()
10602 void wxRichTextCommand::AddAction(wxRichTextAction
* action
)
10604 if (!m_actions
.Member(action
))
10605 m_actions
.Append(action
);
10608 bool wxRichTextCommand::Do()
10610 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_actions
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
10612 wxRichTextAction
* action
= (wxRichTextAction
*) node
->GetData();
10619 bool wxRichTextCommand::Undo()
10621 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_actions
.GetLast(); node
; node
= node
->GetPrevious())
10623 wxRichTextAction
* action
= (wxRichTextAction
*) node
->GetData();
10630 void wxRichTextCommand::ClearActions()
10632 WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList
, m_actions
);
10636 * Individual action
10640 wxRichTextAction::wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand
* cmd
, const wxString
& name
, wxRichTextCommandId id
,
10641 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
,
10642 wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, bool ignoreFirstTime
)
10646 m_containerAddress
.Create(buffer
, container
);
10647 m_ignoreThis
= ignoreFirstTime
;
10652 m_newParagraphs
.SetDefaultStyle(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
10653 m_newParagraphs
.SetBasicStyle(buffer
->GetBasicStyle());
10655 cmd
->AddAction(this);
10658 wxRichTextAction::~wxRichTextAction()
10664 // Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
10665 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* wxRichTextAction::GetContainer() const
10667 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= wxDynamicCast(GetContainerAddress().GetObject(m_buffer
), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
10672 void wxRichTextAction::CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt
& optimizationLineCharPositions
, wxArrayInt
& optimizationLineYPositions
)
10674 // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
10675 // we need to refresh
10677 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10678 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
10679 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
10683 // NOTE: we're assuming that the buffer is laid out correctly at this point.
10684 // If we had several actions, which only invalidate and leave layout until the
10685 // paint handler is called, then this might not be true. So we may need to switch
10686 // optimisation on only when we're simply adding text and not simultaneously
10687 // deleting a selection, for example. Or, we make sure the buffer is laid out correctly
10688 // first, but of course this means we'll be doing it twice.
10689 if (!m_buffer
->IsDirty() && m_ctrl
) // can only do optimisation if the buffer is already laid out correctly
10691 wxSize clientSize
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledSize(m_ctrl
->GetClientSize());
10692 wxPoint firstVisiblePt
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledPoint(m_ctrl
->GetFirstVisiblePoint());
10693 int lastY
= firstVisiblePt
.y
+ clientSize
.y
;
10695 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= container
->GetParagraphAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10696 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= container
->GetChildren().Find(para
);
10699 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= (wxRichTextParagraph
*) node
->GetData();
10700 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
10703 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
10704 wxPoint pt
= line
->GetAbsolutePosition();
10705 wxRichTextRange range
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
10709 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
10710 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
10712 else if (range
.GetStart() > GetPosition() && pt
.y
>= firstVisiblePt
.y
)
10714 optimizationLineCharPositions
.Add(range
.GetStart());
10715 optimizationLineYPositions
.Add(pt
.y
);
10719 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
10723 node
= node
->GetNext();
10729 bool wxRichTextAction::Do()
10731 m_buffer
->Modify(true);
10733 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
10734 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
10740 case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
:
10742 // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
10743 // we need to refresh
10744 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
10745 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
10747 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10748 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
10751 container
->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_newParagraphs
);
10752 container
->UpdateRanges();
10754 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10755 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10756 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(wxMax(0, GetRange().GetStart()-1), GetRange().GetEnd()));
10758 long newCaretPosition
= GetPosition() + m_newParagraphs
.GetOwnRange().GetLength();
10760 // Character position to caret position
10761 newCaretPosition
--;
10763 // Don't take into account the last newline
10764 if (m_newParagraphs
.GetPartialParagraph())
10765 newCaretPosition
--;
10767 if (m_newParagraphs
.GetChildren().GetCount() > 1)
10769 wxRichTextObject
* p
= (wxRichTextObject
*) m_newParagraphs
.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
10770 if (p
->GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
10771 newCaretPosition
--;
10774 newCaretPosition
= wxMin(newCaretPosition
, (container
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()-1));
10776 UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition
, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, true /* do */);
10778 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10779 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED
,
10780 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10781 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10782 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10783 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10784 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10786 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
10790 case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
:
10792 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
10793 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
10795 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10796 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
10799 container
->DeleteRange(GetRange());
10800 container
->UpdateRanges();
10801 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10802 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10803 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
10805 long caretPos
= GetRange().GetStart()-1;
10806 if (caretPos
>= container
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd())
10809 UpdateAppearance(caretPos
, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, true /* do */);
10811 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10812 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED
,
10813 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10814 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10815 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10816 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10817 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10819 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
10823 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
:
10824 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES
:
10826 ApplyParagraphs(GetNewParagraphs());
10828 // Invalidate the whole buffer if there were floating objects
10829 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0)
10830 m_buffer
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
10833 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10834 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10835 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
10838 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
10840 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10841 m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
? wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED
: wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED
,
10842 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10843 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10844 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10845 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10846 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10848 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
10852 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES
:
10854 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= m_objectAddress
.GetObject(m_buffer
); // container->GetChildAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10857 wxRichTextAttr oldAttr
= obj
->GetAttributes();
10858 obj
->GetAttributes() = m_attributes
;
10859 m_attributes
= oldAttr
;
10862 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10863 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10864 // Invalidate the whole buffer if there were floating objects
10865 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0)
10866 m_buffer
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
10868 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
10870 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
10872 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10873 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED
,
10874 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10875 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10876 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10877 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10878 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10880 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
10884 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
:
10886 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= m_objectAddress
.GetObject(m_buffer
);
10887 if (obj
&& m_object
&& m_ctrl
)
10889 // If the cloned object is unparented it will cause layout asserts later
10890 // An alternative (would it always be valid?) could be to do: m_object->SetParent(obj->GetParent())
10891 wxCHECK_MSG(m_object
->GetParent(), false, "The stored object must have a valid parent");
10893 // The plan is to swap the current object with the stored, previous-state, clone
10894 // We can't get 'node' from the containing buffer (as it doesn't directly store objects)
10895 // so use the parent paragraph
10896 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(obj
->GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
10897 wxCHECK_MSG(para
, false, "Invalid parent paragraph");
10898 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= para
->GetChildren().Find(obj
);
10901 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
10902 node
->SetData(m_object
);
10907 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10908 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10909 // Invalidate the whole buffer if there were floating objects
10910 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0)
10911 m_buffer
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
10913 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
10915 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
10917 // TODO: send new kind of modification event
10928 bool wxRichTextAction::Undo()
10930 m_buffer
->Modify(true);
10932 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
10933 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
10939 case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
:
10941 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
10942 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
10944 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10945 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
10948 container
->DeleteRange(GetRange());
10949 container
->UpdateRanges();
10951 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10952 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10953 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
10955 long newCaretPosition
= GetPosition() - 1;
10957 UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition
, true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, false /* undo */);
10959 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10960 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED
,
10961 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10962 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10963 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10964 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10965 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10967 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
10971 case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
:
10973 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
10974 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
10976 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10977 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
10980 container
->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_oldParagraphs
);
10981 container
->UpdateRanges();
10983 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10984 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10985 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
10987 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition(), true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, false /* undo */);
10989 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10990 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED
,
10991 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10992 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10993 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10994 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10995 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10997 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
11001 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
:
11002 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES
:
11004 ApplyParagraphs(GetOldParagraphs());
11005 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
11006 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
11007 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
11009 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
11011 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
11012 m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
? wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED
: wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED
,
11013 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
11014 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
11015 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
11016 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
11017 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
11019 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
11023 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES
:
11024 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
:
11035 /// Update the control appearance
11036 void wxRichTextAction::UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition
, bool sendUpdateEvent
, wxArrayInt
* optimizationLineCharPositions
, wxArrayInt
* optimizationLineYPositions
, bool isDoCmd
)
11038 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
11039 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
11045 m_ctrl
->SetFocusObject(container
);
11046 m_ctrl
->SetCaretPosition(caretPosition
);
11048 if (!m_ctrl
->IsFrozen())
11050 wxRect containerRect
= container
->GetRect();
11052 m_ctrl
->LayoutContent();
11054 // Refresh everything if there were floating objects or the container changed size
11055 // (we can't yet optimize in these cases, since more complex interaction with other content occurs)
11056 if ((wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0) || (container
->GetParent() && containerRect
!= container
->GetRect()))
11058 m_ctrl
->Refresh(false);
11062 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
11063 // Find refresh rectangle if we are in a position to optimise refresh
11064 if ((m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
|| m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
) && optimizationLineCharPositions
)
11068 wxSize clientSize
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledSize(m_ctrl
->GetClientSize());
11069 wxPoint firstVisiblePt
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledPoint(m_ctrl
->GetFirstVisiblePoint());
11071 // Start/end positions
11073 int lastY
= firstVisiblePt
.y
+ clientSize
.y
;
11075 bool foundEnd
= false;
11077 // position offset - how many characters were inserted
11078 int positionOffset
= GetRange().GetLength();
11080 // Determine whether this is Do or Undo, and adjust positionOffset accordingly
11081 if ((m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
&& isDoCmd
) || (m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
&& !isDoCmd
))
11082 positionOffset
= - positionOffset
;
11084 // find the first line which is being drawn at the same position as it was
11085 // before. Since we're talking about a simple insertion, we can assume
11086 // that the rest of the window does not need to be redrawn.
11088 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= container
->GetParagraphAtPosition(GetPosition());
11089 // Since we support floating layout, we should redraw the whole para instead of just
11090 // the first line touching the invalid range.
11093 firstY
= para
->GetPosition().y
;
11096 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= container
->GetChildren().Find(para
);
11099 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= (wxRichTextParagraph
*) node
->GetData();
11100 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
11103 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
11104 wxPoint pt
= line
->GetAbsolutePosition();
11105 wxRichTextRange range
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
11107 // we want to find the first line that is in the same position
11108 // as before. This will mean we're at the end of the changed text.
11110 if (pt
.y
> lastY
) // going past the end of the window, no more info
11112 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
11113 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
11115 // Detect last line in the buffer
11116 else if (!node2
->GetNext() && para
->GetRange().Contains(container
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()))
11118 // If deleting text, make sure we refresh below as well as above
11119 if (positionOffset
>= 0)
11122 lastY
= pt
.y
+ line
->GetSize().y
;
11125 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
11126 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
11132 // search for this line being at the same position as before
11133 for (i
= 0; i
< optimizationLineCharPositions
->GetCount(); i
++)
11135 if (((*optimizationLineCharPositions
)[i
] + positionOffset
== range
.GetStart()) &&
11136 ((*optimizationLineYPositions
)[i
] == pt
.y
))
11138 // Stop, we're now the same as we were
11143 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
11144 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
11152 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
11156 node
= node
->GetNext();
11159 firstY
= wxMax(firstVisiblePt
.y
, firstY
);
11161 lastY
= firstVisiblePt
.y
+ clientSize
.y
;
11163 // Convert to device coordinates
11164 wxRect
rect(m_ctrl
->GetPhysicalPoint(m_ctrl
->GetScaledPoint(wxPoint(firstVisiblePt
.x
, firstY
))), m_ctrl
->GetScaledSize(wxSize(clientSize
.x
, lastY
- firstY
)));
11165 m_ctrl
->RefreshRect(rect
);
11169 m_ctrl
->Refresh(false);
11171 m_ctrl
->PositionCaret();
11173 // This causes styles to persist when doing programmatic
11174 // content creation except when Freeze/Thaw is used, so
11175 // disable this and check for the consequences.
11176 // m_ctrl->SetDefaultStyleToCursorStyle();
11178 if (sendUpdateEvent
)
11179 wxTextCtrl::SendTextUpdatedEvent(m_ctrl
);
11184 /// Replace the buffer paragraphs with the new ones.
11185 void wxRichTextAction::ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& fragment
)
11187 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
11188 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
11192 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
11195 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
11196 wxASSERT (para
!= NULL
);
11198 // We'll replace the existing paragraph by finding the paragraph at this position,
11199 // delete its node data, and setting a copy as the new node data.
11200 // TODO: make more efficient by simply swapping old and new paragraph objects.
11202 wxRichTextParagraph
* existingPara
= container
->GetParagraphAtPosition(para
->GetRange().GetStart());
11205 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator bufferParaNode
= container
->GetChildren().Find(existingPara
);
11206 if (bufferParaNode
)
11208 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
11209 newPara
->SetParent(container
);
11211 bufferParaNode
->SetData(newPara
);
11213 delete existingPara
;
11217 node
= node
->GetNext();
11224 * This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
11227 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRangeArray
);
11229 /// Limit this range to be within 'range'
11230 bool wxRichTextRange::LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
11232 if (m_start
< range
.m_start
)
11233 m_start
= range
.m_start
;
11235 if (m_end
> range
.m_end
)
11236 m_end
= range
.m_end
;
11242 * wxRichTextImage implementation
11243 * This object represents an image.
11246 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage
, wxRichTextObject
)
11248 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxImage
& image
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* charStyle
):
11249 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
11252 m_imageBlock
.MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(image
, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG
);
11254 SetAttributes(*charStyle
);
11257 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& imageBlock
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* charStyle
):
11258 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
11261 m_imageBlock
= imageBlock
;
11263 SetAttributes(*charStyle
);
11266 wxRichTextImage::~wxRichTextImage()
11270 void wxRichTextImage::Init()
11272 m_originalImageSize
= wxSize(-1, -1);
11275 /// Create a cached image at the required size
11276 bool wxRichTextImage::LoadImageCache(wxDC
& dc
, bool resetCache
, const wxSize
& parentSize
)
11278 if (!m_imageBlock
.IsOk())
11281 // If we have an original image size, use that to compute the cached bitmap size
11282 // instead of loading the image each time. This way we can avoid loading
11283 // the image so long as the new cached bitmap size hasn't changed.
11286 if (resetCache
|| m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth() <= 0 || m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight() <= 0)
11288 m_imageCache
= wxNullBitmap
;
11290 m_imageBlock
.Load(image
);
11294 m_originalImageSize
= wxSize(image
.GetWidth(), image
.GetHeight());
11297 int width
= m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth();
11298 int height
= m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight();
11300 int parentWidth
= 0;
11301 int parentHeight
= 0;
11304 int maxHeight
= -1;
11306 wxSize sz
= parentSize
;
11307 if (sz
== wxDefaultSize
)
11309 if (GetParent() && GetParent()->GetParent())
11310 sz
= GetParent()->GetParent()->GetCachedSize();
11313 if (sz
!= wxDefaultSize
)
11315 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
11318 // Find the actual space available when margin is taken into account
11319 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11320 marginRect
= wxRect(0, 0, sz
.x
, sz
.y
);
11321 if (GetParent() && GetParent()->GetParent())
11323 buffer
->GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, GetParent()->GetParent()->GetAttributes(), marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11324 sz
= contentRect
.GetSize();
11327 // Use a minimum size to stop images becoming very small
11328 parentWidth
= wxMax(100, sz
.GetWidth());
11329 parentHeight
= wxMax(100, sz
.GetHeight());
11331 if (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
11332 // Start with a maximum width of the control size, even if not specified by the content,
11333 // to minimize the amount of picture overlapping the right-hand side
11334 maxWidth
= parentWidth
;
11338 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue() > 0)
11340 if (parentWidth
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11341 width
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue() * parentWidth
)/100.0);
11342 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11343 width
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue());
11344 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11345 width
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue();
11348 // Limit to max width
11350 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue() > 0)
11354 if (parentWidth
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11355 mw
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue() * parentWidth
)/100.0);
11356 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11357 mw
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue());
11358 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11359 mw
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue();
11361 // If we already have a smaller max width due to the constraints of the control size,
11362 // don't use the larger max width.
11363 if (mw
!= -1 && ((maxWidth
== -1) || (mw
< maxWidth
)))
11367 if (maxWidth
> 0 && width
> maxWidth
)
11370 // Preserve the aspect ratio
11371 if (width
!= m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth())
11372 height
= (int) (float(m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight()) * (float(width
)/float(m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth())));
11374 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue() > 0)
11376 if (parentHeight
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11377 height
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue() * parentHeight
)/100.0);
11378 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11379 height
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue());
11380 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11381 height
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue();
11383 // Preserve the aspect ratio
11384 if (height
!= m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())
11385 width
= (int) (float(m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth()) * (float(height
)/float(m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())));
11388 // Limit to max height
11390 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue() > 0)
11392 if (parentHeight
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11393 maxHeight
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue() * parentHeight
)/100.0);
11394 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11395 maxHeight
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue());
11396 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11397 maxHeight
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue();
11400 if (maxHeight
> 0 && height
> maxHeight
)
11402 height
= maxHeight
;
11404 // Preserve the aspect ratio
11405 if (height
!= m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())
11406 width
= (int) (float(m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth()) * (float(height
)/float(m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())));
11409 // Prevent the use of zero size
11410 width
= wxMax(1, width
);
11411 height
= wxMax(1, height
);
11413 if (m_imageCache
.IsOk() && m_imageCache
.GetWidth() == width
&& m_imageCache
.GetHeight() == height
)
11415 // Do nothing, we didn't need to change the image cache
11421 m_imageBlock
.Load(image
);
11426 if (image
.GetWidth() == width
&& image
.GetHeight() == height
)
11427 m_imageCache
= wxBitmap(image
);
11430 // If the original width and height is small, e.g. 400 or below,
11431 // scale up and then down to improve image quality. This can make
11432 // a big difference, with not much performance hit.
11433 int upscaleThreshold
= 400;
11435 if (image
.GetWidth() <= upscaleThreshold
|| image
.GetHeight() <= upscaleThreshold
)
11437 img
= image
.Scale(image
.GetWidth()*2, image
.GetHeight()*2);
11438 img
.Rescale(width
, height
, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
);
11441 img
= image
.Scale(width
, height
, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
);
11442 m_imageCache
= wxBitmap(img
);
11446 return m_imageCache
.IsOk();
11450 bool wxRichTextImage::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
), const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int WXUNUSED(descent
), int WXUNUSED(style
))
11455 // Don't need cached size AFAIK
11456 // wxSize size = GetCachedSize();
11457 if (!LoadImageCache(dc
))
11460 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
11461 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
11463 DrawBoxAttributes(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, wxRect(rect
.GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()));
11465 wxSize
imageSize(m_imageCache
.GetWidth(), m_imageCache
.GetHeight());
11466 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11467 marginRect
= rect
; // outer rectangle, will calculate contentRect
11468 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11470 dc
.DrawBitmap(m_imageCache
, contentRect
.x
, contentRect
.y
, true);
11472 if (selection
.WithinSelection(GetRange().GetStart(), this))
11474 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxBLACK_BRUSH
);
11475 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, *wxBLACK_PEN
);
11476 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT
);
11477 dc
.DrawRectangle(contentRect
);
11478 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY
);
11484 /// Lay the item out
11485 bool wxRichTextImage::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int WXUNUSED(style
))
11487 if (!LoadImageCache(dc
))
11490 wxSize
imageSize(m_imageCache
.GetWidth(), m_imageCache
.GetHeight());
11491 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11492 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize
);
11494 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
11495 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
11497 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11499 wxSize overallSize
= marginRect
.GetSize();
11501 SetCachedSize(overallSize
);
11502 SetMaxSize(overallSize
);
11503 SetMinSize(overallSize
);
11504 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
11509 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
11510 /// is invalid for this object.
11511 bool wxRichTextImage::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& WXUNUSED(descent
), wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int WXUNUSED(flags
), const wxPoint
& WXUNUSED(position
), const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
11513 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
11516 if (!((wxRichTextImage
*)this)->LoadImageCache(dc
, false, parentSize
))
11518 size
.x
= 0; size
.y
= 0;
11519 if (partialExtents
)
11520 partialExtents
->Add(0);
11524 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
11525 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, (wxRichTextObject
*) this);
11527 wxSize
imageSize(m_imageCache
.GetWidth(), m_imageCache
.GetHeight());
11528 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11529 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize
);
11530 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11532 wxSize overallSize
= marginRect
.GetSize();
11534 if (partialExtents
)
11535 partialExtents
->Add(overallSize
.x
);
11537 size
= overallSize
;
11542 // Get the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
11544 wxTextAttrSize
wxRichTextImage::GetNaturalSize() const
11546 wxTextAttrSize size
;
11547 if (GetImageCache().IsOk())
11549 size
.SetWidth(GetImageCache().GetWidth(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
11550 size
.SetHeight(GetImageCache().GetHeight(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
11557 void wxRichTextImage::Copy(const wxRichTextImage
& obj
)
11559 wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj
);
11561 m_imageBlock
= obj
.m_imageBlock
;
11562 m_originalImageSize
= obj
.m_originalImageSize
;
11565 /// Edit properties via a GUI
11566 bool wxRichTextImage::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
11568 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
imageDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, _("Picture Properties"));
11569 imageDlg
.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
11571 if (imageDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
11573 // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
11574 // indeterminate in the object.
11575 imageDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
11587 /// Compare two attribute objects
11588 bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr1
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr2
)
11590 return (attr1
== attr2
);
11594 bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt
& tabs1
, const wxArrayInt
& tabs2
)
11596 if (tabs1
.GetCount() != tabs2
.GetCount())
11600 for (i
= 0; i
< tabs1
.GetCount(); i
++)
11602 if (tabs1
[i
] != tabs2
[i
])
11608 bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr
& destStyle
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, wxRichTextAttr
* compareWith
)
11610 return destStyle
.Apply(style
, compareWith
);
11613 // Remove attributes
11614 bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr
& destStyle
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
11616 return destStyle
.RemoveStyle(style
);
11619 /// Combine two bitlists, specifying the bits of interest with separate flags.
11620 bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA
, int valueB
, int& flagsA
, int flagsB
)
11622 return wxRichTextAttr::CombineBitlists(valueA
, valueB
, flagsA
, flagsB
);
11625 /// Compare two bitlists
11626 bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA
, int valueB
, int flags
)
11628 return wxRichTextAttr::BitlistsEqPartial(valueA
, valueB
, flags
);
11631 /// Split into paragraph and character styles
11632 bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, wxRichTextAttr
& parStyle
, wxRichTextAttr
& charStyle
)
11634 return wxRichTextAttr::SplitParaCharStyles(style
, parStyle
, charStyle
);
11637 /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
11638 wxString
wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n
)
11640 static wxArrayInt decimalNumbers
;
11641 static wxArrayString romanNumbers
;
11646 decimalNumbers
.Clear();
11647 romanNumbers
.Clear();
11648 return wxEmptyString
;
11651 if (decimalNumbers
.GetCount() == 0)
11653 #define wxRichTextAddDecRom(n, r) decimalNumbers.Add(n); romanNumbers.Add(r);
11655 wxRichTextAddDecRom(1000, wxT("M"));
11656 wxRichTextAddDecRom(900, wxT("CM"));
11657 wxRichTextAddDecRom(500, wxT("D"));
11658 wxRichTextAddDecRom(400, wxT("CD"));
11659 wxRichTextAddDecRom(100, wxT("C"));
11660 wxRichTextAddDecRom(90, wxT("XC"));
11661 wxRichTextAddDecRom(50, wxT("L"));
11662 wxRichTextAddDecRom(40, wxT("XL"));
11663 wxRichTextAddDecRom(10, wxT("X"));
11664 wxRichTextAddDecRom(9, wxT("IX"));
11665 wxRichTextAddDecRom(5, wxT("V"));
11666 wxRichTextAddDecRom(4, wxT("IV"));
11667 wxRichTextAddDecRom(1, wxT("I"));
11673 while (n
> 0 && i
< 13)
11675 if (n
>= decimalNumbers
[i
])
11677 n
-= decimalNumbers
[i
];
11678 roman
+= romanNumbers
[i
];
11685 if (roman
.IsEmpty())
11691 * wxRichTextFileHandler
11692 * Base class for file handlers
11695 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler
, wxObject
)
11697 #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
11698 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, const wxString
& filename
)
11700 wxFFileInputStream
stream(filename
);
11702 return LoadFile(buffer
, stream
);
11707 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, const wxString
& filename
)
11709 wxFFileOutputStream
stream(filename
);
11711 return SaveFile(buffer
, stream
);
11715 #endif // wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
11717 /// Can we handle this filename (if using files)? By default, checks the extension.
11718 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::CanHandle(const wxString
& filename
) const
11720 wxString path
, file
, ext
;
11721 wxFileName::SplitPath(filename
, & path
, & file
, & ext
);
11723 return (ext
.Lower() == GetExtension());
11727 * wxRichTextTextHandler
11728 * Plain text handler
11731 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
, wxRichTextFileHandler
)
11734 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, wxInputStream
& stream
)
11736 if (!stream
.IsOk())
11742 while (!stream
.Eof())
11744 int ch
= stream
.GetC();
11748 if (ch
== 10 && lastCh
!= 13)
11751 if (ch
> 0 && ch
!= 10)
11758 buffer
->ResetAndClearCommands();
11760 buffer
->AddParagraphs(str
);
11761 buffer
->UpdateRanges();
11766 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, wxOutputStream
& stream
)
11768 if (!stream
.IsOk())
11771 wxString text
= buffer
->GetText();
11773 wxString newLine
= wxRichTextLineBreakChar
;
11774 text
.Replace(newLine
, wxT("\n"));
11776 wxCharBuffer buf
= text
.ToAscii();
11778 stream
.Write((const char*) buf
, text
.length());
11781 #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
11784 * Stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form
11787 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock()
11792 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& block
):wxObject()
11798 wxRichTextImageBlock::~wxRichTextImageBlock()
11803 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Init()
11807 m_imageType
= wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
;
11810 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Clear()
11814 m_imageType
= wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
;
11818 // Load the original image into a memory block.
11819 // If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
11820 // to conserve space.
11821 // If it's not a JPEG we can make use of 'image', already scaled, so we don't have to
11822 // load the image a 2nd time.
11824 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(const wxString
& filename
, wxBitmapType imageType
,
11825 wxImage
& image
, bool convertToJPEG
)
11827 m_imageType
= imageType
;
11829 wxString
filenameToRead(filename
);
11830 bool removeFile
= false;
11832 if (imageType
== wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
)
11833 return false; // Could not determine image type
11835 if ((imageType
!= wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
) && convertToJPEG
)
11837 wxString tempFile
=
11838 wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
11840 wxASSERT(!tempFile
.IsEmpty());
11842 image
.SaveFile(tempFile
, wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
);
11843 filenameToRead
= tempFile
;
11846 m_imageType
= wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
;
11849 if (!file
.Open(filenameToRead
))
11852 m_dataSize
= (size_t) file
.Length();
11857 m_data
= ReadBlock(filenameToRead
, m_dataSize
);
11860 wxRemoveFile(filenameToRead
);
11862 return (m_data
!= NULL
);
11865 // Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
11867 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(wxImage
& image
, wxBitmapType imageType
, int quality
)
11869 image
.SetOption(wxT("quality"), quality
);
11871 if (imageType
== wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
)
11872 return false; // Could not determine image type
11874 return DoMakeImageBlock(image
, imageType
);
11877 // Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
11878 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage
& image
, wxBitmapType imageType
)
11880 if (imageType
== wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
)
11881 return false; // Could not determine image type
11883 return DoMakeImageBlock(image
, imageType
);
11886 // Makes the image block
11887 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage
& image
, wxBitmapType imageType
)
11889 wxMemoryOutputStream memStream
;
11890 if (!image
.SaveFile(memStream
, imageType
))
11895 unsigned char* block
= new unsigned char[memStream
.GetSize()];
11903 m_imageType
= imageType
;
11904 m_dataSize
= memStream
.GetSize();
11906 memStream
.CopyTo(m_data
, m_dataSize
);
11908 return (m_data
!= NULL
);
11912 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Write(const wxString
& filename
)
11914 return WriteBlock(filename
, m_data
, m_dataSize
);
11917 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& block
)
11919 m_imageType
= block
.m_imageType
;
11921 m_dataSize
= block
.m_dataSize
;
11922 if (m_dataSize
== 0)
11925 m_data
= new unsigned char[m_dataSize
];
11927 for (i
= 0; i
< m_dataSize
; i
++)
11928 m_data
[i
] = block
.m_data
[i
];
11932 void wxRichTextImageBlock::operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& block
)
11937 // Load a wxImage from the block
11938 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Load(wxImage
& image
)
11943 // Read in the image.
11945 wxMemoryInputStream
mstream(m_data
, m_dataSize
);
11946 bool success
= image
.LoadFile(mstream
, GetImageType());
11948 wxString tempFile
= wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
11949 wxASSERT(!tempFile
.IsEmpty());
11951 if (!WriteBlock(tempFile
, m_data
, m_dataSize
))
11955 success
= image
.LoadFile(tempFile
, GetImageType());
11956 wxRemoveFile(tempFile
);
11962 // Write data in hex to a stream
11963 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteHex(wxOutputStream
& stream
)
11965 if (m_dataSize
== 0)
11968 int bufSize
= 100000;
11969 if (int(2*m_dataSize
) < bufSize
)
11970 bufSize
= 2*m_dataSize
;
11971 char* buf
= new char[bufSize
+1];
11973 int left
= m_dataSize
;
11978 if (left
*2 > bufSize
)
11980 n
= bufSize
; left
-= (bufSize
/2);
11984 n
= left
*2; left
= 0;
11988 for (i
= 0; i
< (n
/2); i
++)
11990 wxDecToHex(m_data
[j
], b
, b
+1);
11995 stream
.Write((const char*) buf
, n
);
12001 // Read data in hex from a stream
12002 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadHex(wxInputStream
& stream
, int length
, wxBitmapType imageType
)
12004 int dataSize
= length
/2;
12009 // create a null terminated temporary string:
12013 m_data
= new unsigned char[dataSize
];
12015 for (i
= 0; i
< dataSize
; i
++)
12017 str
[0] = (char)stream
.GetC();
12018 str
[1] = (char)stream
.GetC();
12020 m_data
[i
] = (unsigned char)wxHexToDec(str
);
12023 m_dataSize
= dataSize
;
12024 m_imageType
= imageType
;
12029 // Allocate and read from stream as a block of memory
12030 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(wxInputStream
& stream
, size_t size
)
12032 unsigned char* block
= new unsigned char[size
];
12036 stream
.Read(block
, size
);
12041 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(const wxString
& filename
, size_t size
)
12043 wxFileInputStream
stream(filename
);
12044 if (!stream
.IsOk())
12047 return ReadBlock(stream
, size
);
12050 // Write memory block to stream
12051 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(wxOutputStream
& stream
, unsigned char* block
, size_t size
)
12053 stream
.Write((void*) block
, size
);
12054 return stream
.IsOk();
12058 // Write memory block to file
12059 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(const wxString
& filename
, unsigned char* block
, size_t size
)
12061 wxFileOutputStream
outStream(filename
);
12062 if (!outStream
.IsOk())
12065 return WriteBlock(outStream
, block
, size
);
12068 // Gets the extension for the block's type
12069 wxString
wxRichTextImageBlock::GetExtension() const
12071 wxImageHandler
* handler
= wxImage::FindHandler(GetImageType());
12073 return handler
->GetExtension();
12075 return wxEmptyString
;
12081 * The data object for a wxRichTextBuffer
12084 const wxChar
*wxRichTextBufferDataObject::ms_richTextBufferFormatId
= wxT("wxRichText");
12086 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuffer
)
12088 m_richTextBuffer
= richTextBuffer
;
12090 // this string should uniquely identify our format, but is otherwise
12092 m_formatRichTextBuffer
.SetId(GetRichTextBufferFormatId());
12094 SetFormat(m_formatRichTextBuffer
);
12097 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::~wxRichTextBufferDataObject()
12099 delete m_richTextBuffer
;
12102 // after a call to this function, the richTextBuffer is owned by the caller and it
12103 // is responsible for deleting it!
12104 wxRichTextBuffer
* wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBuffer()
12106 wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuffer
= m_richTextBuffer
;
12107 m_richTextBuffer
= NULL
;
12109 return richTextBuffer
;
12112 wxDataFormat
wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetPreferredFormat(Direction
WXUNUSED(dir
)) const
12114 return m_formatRichTextBuffer
;
12117 size_t wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataSize() const
12119 if (!m_richTextBuffer
)
12125 wxStringOutputStream
stream(& bufXML
);
12126 if (!m_richTextBuffer
->SaveFile(stream
, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
12128 wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
12134 wxCharBuffer buffer
= bufXML
.mb_str(wxConvUTF8
);
12135 return strlen(buffer
) + 1;
12137 return bufXML
.Length()+1;
12141 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataHere(void *pBuf
) const
12143 if (!pBuf
|| !m_richTextBuffer
)
12149 wxStringOutputStream
stream(& bufXML
);
12150 if (!m_richTextBuffer
->SaveFile(stream
, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
12152 wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
12158 wxCharBuffer buffer
= bufXML
.mb_str(wxConvUTF8
);
12159 size_t len
= strlen(buffer
);
12160 memcpy((char*) pBuf
, (const char*) buffer
, len
);
12161 ((char*) pBuf
)[len
] = 0;
12163 size_t len
= bufXML
.Length();
12164 memcpy((char*) pBuf
, (const char*) bufXML
.c_str(), len
);
12165 ((char*) pBuf
)[len
] = 0;
12171 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len
), const void *buf
)
12173 wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer
);
12175 wxString
bufXML((const char*) buf
, wxConvUTF8
);
12177 m_richTextBuffer
= new wxRichTextBuffer
;
12179 wxStringInputStream
stream(bufXML
);
12180 if (!m_richTextBuffer
->LoadFile(stream
, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
12182 wxLogError(wxT("Could not read the buffer from an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
12184 wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer
);
12196 * wxRichTextFontTable
12197 * Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text
12200 WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxFont
, wxRichTextFontTableHashMap
, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT
);
12202 class wxRichTextFontTableData
: public wxObjectRefData
12205 wxRichTextFontTableData() {}
12207 wxFont
FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr
& fontSpec
, double fontScale
);
12209 wxRichTextFontTableHashMap m_hashMap
;
12212 wxFont
wxRichTextFontTableData::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr
& fontSpec
, double fontScale
)
12214 wxString
facename(fontSpec
.GetFontFaceName());
12216 int fontSize
= fontSpec
.GetFontSize();
12217 if (fontScale
!= 1.0)
12218 fontSize
= (int) ((double(fontSize
) * fontScale
) + 0.5);
12221 if (fontSpec
.HasFontPixelSize() && !fontSpec
.HasFontPointSize())
12225 wxString spec
= wxString::Format(wxT("%d-%s-%d-%d-%d-%d-%s-%d"),
12226 fontSize
, units
.c_str(), fontSpec
.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec
.GetFontWeight(), (int) fontSpec
.GetFontUnderlined(), (int) fontSpec
.GetFontStrikethrough(),
12227 facename
.c_str(), (int) fontSpec
.GetFontEncoding());
12229 wxRichTextFontTableHashMap::iterator entry
= m_hashMap
.find(spec
);
12230 if ( entry
== m_hashMap
.end() )
12232 if (fontSpec
.HasFontPixelSize() && !fontSpec
.HasFontPointSize())
12234 wxFont
font(wxSize(0, fontSize
), wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT
, fontSpec
.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec
.GetFontWeight(), fontSpec
.GetFontUnderlined(), facename
);
12235 if (fontSpec
.HasFontStrikethrough() && fontSpec
.GetFontStrikethrough())
12236 font
.SetStrikethrough(true);
12237 m_hashMap
[spec
] = font
;
12242 wxFont
font(fontSize
, wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT
, fontSpec
.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec
.GetFontWeight(), fontSpec
.GetFontUnderlined(), facename
.c_str());
12243 if (fontSpec
.HasFontStrikethrough() && fontSpec
.GetFontStrikethrough())
12244 font
.SetStrikethrough(true);
12246 m_hashMap
[spec
] = font
;
12252 return entry
->second
;
12256 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable
, wxObject
)
12258 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable()
12260 m_refData
= new wxRichTextFontTableData
;
12264 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable
& table
)
12270 wxRichTextFontTable::~wxRichTextFontTable()
12275 bool wxRichTextFontTable::operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable
& table
) const
12277 return (m_refData
== table
.m_refData
);
12280 void wxRichTextFontTable::operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable
& table
)
12283 m_fontScale
= table
.m_fontScale
;
12286 wxFont
wxRichTextFontTable::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr
& fontSpec
)
12288 wxRichTextFontTableData
* data
= (wxRichTextFontTableData
*) m_refData
;
12290 return data
->FindFont(fontSpec
, m_fontScale
);
12295 void wxRichTextFontTable::Clear()
12297 wxRichTextFontTableData
* data
= (wxRichTextFontTableData
*) m_refData
;
12299 data
->m_hashMap
.clear();
12302 void wxRichTextFontTable::SetFontScale(double fontScale
)
12304 if (fontScale
!= m_fontScale
)
12306 m_fontScale
= fontScale
;
12311 void wxTextBoxAttr::Reset()
12314 m_floatMode
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE
;
12315 m_clearMode
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE
;
12316 m_collapseMode
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE
;
12317 m_verticalAlignment
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE
;
12318 m_boxStyleName
= wxEmptyString
;
12322 m_position
.Reset();
12333 bool wxTextBoxAttr::operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
) const
12336 m_flags
== attr
.m_flags
&&
12337 m_floatMode
== attr
.m_floatMode
&&
12338 m_clearMode
== attr
.m_clearMode
&&
12339 m_collapseMode
== attr
.m_collapseMode
&&
12340 m_verticalAlignment
== attr
.m_verticalAlignment
&&
12342 m_margins
== attr
.m_margins
&&
12343 m_padding
== attr
.m_padding
&&
12344 m_position
== attr
.m_position
&&
12346 m_size
== attr
.m_size
&&
12347 m_minSize
== attr
.m_minSize
&&
12348 m_maxSize
== attr
.m_maxSize
&&
12350 m_border
== attr
.m_border
&&
12351 m_outline
== attr
.m_outline
&&
12353 m_boxStyleName
== attr
.m_boxStyleName
12357 // Partial equality test
12358 bool wxTextBoxAttr::EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
, bool weakTest
) const
12361 ((!HasFloatMode() && attr
.HasFloatMode()) ||
12362 (!HasClearMode() && attr
.HasClearMode()) ||
12363 (!HasCollapseBorders() && attr
.HasCollapseBorders()) ||
12364 (!HasVerticalAlignment() && attr
.HasVerticalAlignment()) ||
12365 (!HasBoxStyleName() && attr
.HasBoxStyleName())))
12369 if (attr
.HasFloatMode() && HasFloatMode() && (GetFloatMode() != attr
.GetFloatMode()))
12372 if (attr
.HasClearMode() && HasClearMode() && (GetClearMode() != attr
.GetClearMode()))
12375 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders() && HasCollapseBorders() && (attr
.GetCollapseBorders() != GetCollapseBorders()))
12378 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment() && HasVerticalAlignment() && (attr
.GetVerticalAlignment() != GetVerticalAlignment()))
12381 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName() && HasBoxStyleName() && (attr
.GetBoxStyleName() != GetBoxStyleName()))
12386 if (!m_position
.EqPartial(attr
.m_position
, weakTest
))
12391 if (!m_size
.EqPartial(attr
.m_size
, weakTest
))
12393 if (!m_minSize
.EqPartial(attr
.m_minSize
, weakTest
))
12395 if (!m_maxSize
.EqPartial(attr
.m_maxSize
, weakTest
))
12400 if (!m_margins
.EqPartial(attr
.m_margins
, weakTest
))
12405 if (!m_padding
.EqPartial(attr
.m_padding
, weakTest
))
12410 if (!GetBorder().EqPartial(attr
.GetBorder(), weakTest
))
12415 if (!GetOutline().EqPartial(attr
.GetOutline(), weakTest
))
12421 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
12422 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
12423 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
12424 bool wxTextBoxAttr::Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
, const wxTextBoxAttr
* compareWith
)
12426 if (attr
.HasFloatMode())
12428 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasFloatMode() && compareWith
->GetFloatMode() == attr
.GetFloatMode()))
12429 SetFloatMode(attr
.GetFloatMode());
12432 if (attr
.HasClearMode())
12434 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasClearMode() && compareWith
->GetClearMode() == attr
.GetClearMode()))
12435 SetClearMode(attr
.GetClearMode());
12438 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12440 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasCollapseBorders() && compareWith
->GetCollapseBorders() == attr
.GetCollapseBorders()))
12441 SetCollapseBorders(attr
.GetCollapseBorders());
12444 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12446 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasVerticalAlignment() && compareWith
->GetVerticalAlignment() == attr
.GetVerticalAlignment()))
12447 SetVerticalAlignment(attr
.GetVerticalAlignment());
12450 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12452 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasBoxStyleName() && compareWith
->GetBoxStyleName() == attr
.GetBoxStyleName()))
12453 SetBoxStyleName(attr
.GetBoxStyleName());
12456 m_margins
.Apply(attr
.m_margins
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_margins
) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions
*) NULL
);
12457 m_padding
.Apply(attr
.m_padding
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_padding
) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions
*) NULL
);
12458 m_position
.Apply(attr
.m_position
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_position
) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions
*) NULL
);
12460 m_size
.Apply(attr
.m_size
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_size
) : (const wxTextAttrSize
*) NULL
);
12461 m_minSize
.Apply(attr
.m_minSize
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_minSize
) : (const wxTextAttrSize
*) NULL
);
12462 m_maxSize
.Apply(attr
.m_maxSize
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_maxSize
) : (const wxTextAttrSize
*) NULL
);
12464 m_border
.Apply(attr
.m_border
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_border
) : (const wxTextAttrBorders
*) NULL
);
12465 m_outline
.Apply(attr
.m_outline
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_outline
) : (const wxTextAttrBorders
*) NULL
);
12470 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12471 bool wxTextBoxAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
)
12473 if (attr
.HasFloatMode())
12474 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12476 if (attr
.HasClearMode())
12477 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12479 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12480 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12482 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12483 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12485 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12487 SetBoxStyleName(wxEmptyString
);
12488 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12491 m_margins
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_margins
);
12492 m_padding
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_padding
);
12493 m_position
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_position
);
12495 m_size
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_size
);
12496 m_minSize
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_minSize
);
12497 m_maxSize
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_maxSize
);
12499 m_border
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_border
);
12500 m_outline
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_outline
);
12505 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12506 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12507 void wxTextBoxAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
, wxTextBoxAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxTextBoxAttr
& absentAttr
)
12509 if (attr
.HasFloatMode())
12511 if (!clashingAttr
.HasFloatMode() && !absentAttr
.HasFloatMode())
12513 if (HasFloatMode())
12515 if (GetFloatMode() != attr
.GetFloatMode())
12517 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12518 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12522 SetFloatMode(attr
.GetFloatMode());
12526 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12528 if (attr
.HasClearMode())
12530 if (!clashingAttr
.HasClearMode() && !absentAttr
.HasClearMode())
12532 if (HasClearMode())
12534 if (GetClearMode() != attr
.GetClearMode())
12536 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12537 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12541 SetClearMode(attr
.GetClearMode());
12545 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12547 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12549 if (!clashingAttr
.HasCollapseBorders() && !absentAttr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12551 if (HasCollapseBorders())
12553 if (GetCollapseBorders() != attr
.GetCollapseBorders())
12555 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12556 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12560 SetCollapseBorders(attr
.GetCollapseBorders());
12564 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12566 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12568 if (!clashingAttr
.HasVerticalAlignment() && !absentAttr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12570 if (HasVerticalAlignment())
12572 if (GetVerticalAlignment() != attr
.GetVerticalAlignment())
12574 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12575 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12579 SetVerticalAlignment(attr
.GetVerticalAlignment());
12583 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12585 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12587 if (!clashingAttr
.HasBoxStyleName() && !absentAttr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12589 if (HasBoxStyleName())
12591 if (GetBoxStyleName() != attr
.GetBoxStyleName())
12593 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12594 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12598 SetBoxStyleName(attr
.GetBoxStyleName());
12602 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12604 m_margins
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_margins
, clashingAttr
.m_margins
, absentAttr
.m_margins
);
12605 m_padding
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_padding
, clashingAttr
.m_padding
, absentAttr
.m_padding
);
12606 m_position
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_position
, clashingAttr
.m_position
, absentAttr
.m_position
);
12608 m_size
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_size
, clashingAttr
.m_size
, absentAttr
.m_size
);
12609 m_minSize
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_minSize
, clashingAttr
.m_minSize
, absentAttr
.m_minSize
);
12610 m_maxSize
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_maxSize
, clashingAttr
.m_maxSize
, absentAttr
.m_maxSize
);
12612 m_border
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_border
, clashingAttr
.m_border
, absentAttr
.m_border
);
12613 m_outline
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_outline
, clashingAttr
.m_outline
, absentAttr
.m_outline
);
12616 bool wxTextBoxAttr::IsDefault() const
12618 return GetFlags() == 0 && !m_border
.IsValid() && !m_outline
.IsValid() &&
12619 !m_size
.IsValid() && !m_minSize
.IsValid() && !m_maxSize
.IsValid() &&
12620 !m_position
.IsValid() && !m_padding
.IsValid() && !m_margins
.IsValid();
12625 void wxRichTextAttr::Copy(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
12627 wxTextAttr::Copy(attr
);
12629 m_textBoxAttr
= attr
.m_textBoxAttr
;
12632 bool wxRichTextAttr::operator==(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
) const
12634 if (!(wxTextAttr::operator==(attr
)))
12637 return (m_textBoxAttr
== attr
.m_textBoxAttr
);
12640 // Partial equality test
12641 bool wxRichTextAttr::EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, bool weakTest
) const
12643 if (!(wxTextAttr::EqPartial(attr
, weakTest
)))
12646 return m_textBoxAttr
.EqPartial(attr
.m_textBoxAttr
, weakTest
);
12649 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
12650 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
12651 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
12652 bool wxRichTextAttr::Apply(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, const wxRichTextAttr
* compareWith
)
12654 wxTextAttr::Apply(style
, compareWith
);
12656 return m_textBoxAttr
.Apply(style
.m_textBoxAttr
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_textBoxAttr
) : (const wxTextBoxAttr
*) NULL
);
12659 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12660 bool wxRichTextAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
12662 wxTextAttr::RemoveStyle(*this, attr
);
12664 return m_textBoxAttr
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_textBoxAttr
);
12667 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12668 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12669 void wxRichTextAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, wxRichTextAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxRichTextAttr
& absentAttr
)
12671 wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(*this, attr
, clashingAttr
, absentAttr
);
12673 m_textBoxAttr
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_textBoxAttr
, clashingAttr
.m_textBoxAttr
, absentAttr
.m_textBoxAttr
);
12676 // Partial equality test
12677 bool wxTextAttrBorder::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder
& border
, bool weakTest
) const
12680 ((!HasStyle() && border
.HasStyle()) ||
12681 (!HasColour() && border
.HasColour()) ||
12682 (!HasWidth() && border
.HasWidth())))
12687 if (border
.HasStyle() && HasStyle() && (border
.GetStyle() != GetStyle()))
12690 if (border
.HasColour() && HasColour() && (border
.GetColourLong() != GetColourLong()))
12693 if (border
.HasWidth() && HasWidth() && !(border
.GetWidth() == GetWidth()))
12699 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
12700 bool wxTextAttrBorder::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder
& border
, const wxTextAttrBorder
* compareWith
)
12702 if (border
.HasStyle())
12704 if (!(compareWith
&& (border
.GetStyle() == compareWith
->GetStyle())))
12705 SetStyle(border
.GetStyle());
12707 if (border
.HasColour())
12709 if (!(compareWith
&& (border
.GetColourLong() == compareWith
->GetColourLong())))
12710 SetColour(border
.GetColourLong());
12712 if (border
.HasWidth())
12714 if (!(compareWith
&& (border
.GetWidth() == compareWith
->GetWidth())))
12715 SetWidth(border
.GetWidth());
12721 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12722 bool wxTextAttrBorder::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder
& attr
)
12724 if (attr
.HasStyle() && HasStyle())
12725 SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12726 if (attr
.HasColour() && HasColour())
12727 SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12728 if (attr
.HasWidth() && HasWidth())
12729 m_borderWidth
.Reset();
12734 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12735 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12736 void wxTextAttrBorder::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder
& attr
, wxTextAttrBorder
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrBorder
& absentAttr
)
12738 if (attr
.HasStyle())
12740 if (!clashingAttr
.HasStyle() && !absentAttr
.HasStyle())
12744 if (GetStyle() != attr
.GetStyle())
12746 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12747 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12751 SetStyle(attr
.GetStyle());
12755 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12757 if (attr
.HasColour())
12759 if (!clashingAttr
.HasColour() && !absentAttr
.HasColour())
12763 if (GetColour() != attr
.GetColour())
12765 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12766 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12770 SetColour(attr
.GetColourLong());
12774 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12776 m_borderWidth
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_borderWidth
, clashingAttr
.m_borderWidth
, absentAttr
.m_borderWidth
);
12779 // Partial equality test
12780 bool wxTextAttrBorders::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders
& borders
, bool weakTest
) const
12782 return m_left
.EqPartial(borders
.m_left
, weakTest
) && m_right
.EqPartial(borders
.m_right
, weakTest
) &&
12783 m_top
.EqPartial(borders
.m_top
, weakTest
) && m_bottom
.EqPartial(borders
.m_bottom
, weakTest
);
12786 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
12787 bool wxTextAttrBorders::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders
& borders
, const wxTextAttrBorders
* compareWith
)
12789 m_left
.Apply(borders
.m_left
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_left
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12790 m_right
.Apply(borders
.m_right
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_right
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12791 m_top
.Apply(borders
.m_top
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_top
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12792 m_bottom
.Apply(borders
.m_bottom
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_bottom
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12796 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12797 bool wxTextAttrBorders::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders
& attr
)
12799 m_left
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_left
);
12800 m_right
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_right
);
12801 m_top
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_top
);
12802 m_bottom
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_bottom
);
12806 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12807 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12808 void wxTextAttrBorders::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders
& attr
, wxTextAttrBorders
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrBorders
& absentAttr
)
12810 m_left
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_left
, clashingAttr
.m_left
, absentAttr
.m_left
);
12811 m_right
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_right
, clashingAttr
.m_right
, absentAttr
.m_right
);
12812 m_top
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_top
, clashingAttr
.m_top
, absentAttr
.m_top
);
12813 m_bottom
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_bottom
, clashingAttr
.m_bottom
, absentAttr
.m_bottom
);
12816 // Set style of all borders
12817 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetStyle(int style
)
12819 m_left
.SetStyle(style
);
12820 m_right
.SetStyle(style
);
12821 m_top
.SetStyle(style
);
12822 m_bottom
.SetStyle(style
);
12825 // Set colour of all borders
12826 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(unsigned long colour
)
12828 m_left
.SetColour(colour
);
12829 m_right
.SetColour(colour
);
12830 m_top
.SetColour(colour
);
12831 m_bottom
.SetColour(colour
);
12834 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(const wxColour
& colour
)
12836 m_left
.SetColour(colour
);
12837 m_right
.SetColour(colour
);
12838 m_top
.SetColour(colour
);
12839 m_bottom
.SetColour(colour
);
12842 // Set width of all borders
12843 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension
& width
)
12845 m_left
.SetWidth(width
);
12846 m_right
.SetWidth(width
);
12847 m_top
.SetWidth(width
);
12848 m_bottom
.SetWidth(width
);
12851 // Partial equality test
12852 bool wxTextAttrDimension::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
, bool weakTest
) const
12854 if (!weakTest
&& !IsValid() && dim
.IsValid())
12857 if (dim
.IsValid() && IsValid() && !((*this) == dim
))
12863 bool wxTextAttrDimension::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
, const wxTextAttrDimension
* compareWith
)
12867 if (!(compareWith
&& dim
== (*compareWith
)))
12874 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12875 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12876 void wxTextAttrDimension::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension
& attr
, wxTextAttrDimension
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrDimension
& absentAttr
)
12878 if (attr
.IsValid())
12880 if (!clashingAttr
.IsValid() && !absentAttr
.IsValid())
12884 if (!((*this) == attr
))
12886 clashingAttr
.SetValid(true);
12895 absentAttr
.SetValid(true);
12898 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC
& dc
, double scale
, const wxSize
& parentSize
)
12900 m_ppi
= dc
.GetPPI().x
; m_scale
= scale
; m_parentSize
= parentSize
;
12903 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi
, double scale
, const wxSize
& parentSize
)
12905 m_ppi
= ppi
; m_scale
= scale
; m_parentSize
= parentSize
;
12908 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units
) const
12910 return wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(m_ppi
, units
, m_scale
);
12913 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels
) const
12915 return wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(m_ppi
, pixels
, m_scale
);
12918 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
, int direction
) const
12920 if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
12921 return ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dim
.GetValue());
12922 else if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
12923 return dim
.GetValue();
12924 else if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
12926 wxASSERT(m_parentSize
!= wxDefaultSize
);
12927 if (direction
== wxHORIZONTAL
)
12928 return (int) (double(m_parentSize
.x
) * double(dim
.GetValue()) / 100.0);
12930 return (int) (double(m_parentSize
.y
) * double(dim
.GetValue()) / 100.0);
12939 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
) const
12941 if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
12942 return dim
.GetValue();
12943 else if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
12944 return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dim
.GetValue());
12952 // Partial equality test
12953 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& dims
, bool weakTest
) const
12955 if (!m_left
.EqPartial(dims
.m_left
, weakTest
))
12958 if (!m_right
.EqPartial(dims
.m_right
, weakTest
))
12961 if (!m_top
.EqPartial(dims
.m_top
, weakTest
))
12964 if (!m_bottom
.EqPartial(dims
.m_bottom
, weakTest
))
12970 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
12971 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& dims
, const wxTextAttrDimensions
* compareWith
)
12973 m_left
.Apply(dims
.m_left
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_left
) : (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
12974 m_right
.Apply(dims
.m_right
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_right
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
12975 m_top
.Apply(dims
.m_top
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_top
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
12976 m_bottom
.Apply(dims
.m_bottom
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_bottom
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
12981 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12982 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& attr
)
12984 if (attr
.m_left
.IsValid())
12986 if (attr
.m_right
.IsValid())
12988 if (attr
.m_top
.IsValid())
12990 if (attr
.m_bottom
.IsValid())
12996 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12997 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12998 void wxTextAttrDimensions::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& attr
, wxTextAttrDimensions
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrDimensions
& absentAttr
)
13000 m_left
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_left
, clashingAttr
.m_left
, absentAttr
.m_left
);
13001 m_right
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_right
, clashingAttr
.m_right
, absentAttr
.m_right
);
13002 m_top
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_top
, clashingAttr
.m_top
, absentAttr
.m_top
);
13003 m_bottom
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_bottom
, clashingAttr
.m_bottom
, absentAttr
.m_bottom
);
13006 // Partial equality test
13007 bool wxTextAttrSize::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize
& size
, bool weakTest
) const
13009 if (!m_width
.EqPartial(size
.m_width
, weakTest
))
13012 if (!m_height
.EqPartial(size
.m_height
, weakTest
))
13018 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
13019 bool wxTextAttrSize::Apply(const wxTextAttrSize
& size
, const wxTextAttrSize
* compareWith
)
13021 m_width
.Apply(size
.m_width
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_width
) : (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13022 m_height
.Apply(size
.m_height
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_height
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13027 // Remove specified attributes from this object
13028 bool wxTextAttrSize::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize
& attr
)
13030 if (attr
.m_width
.IsValid())
13032 if (attr
.m_height
.IsValid())
13038 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
13039 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
13040 void wxTextAttrSize::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize
& attr
, wxTextAttrSize
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrSize
& absentAttr
)
13042 m_width
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_width
, clashingAttr
.m_width
, absentAttr
.m_width
);
13043 m_height
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_height
, clashingAttr
.m_height
, absentAttr
.m_height
);
13046 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
13047 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
13048 void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr
& currentStyle
, const wxTextAttr
& attr
, wxTextAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttr
& absentAttr
)
13050 absentAttr
.SetFlags(absentAttr
.GetFlags() | (~attr
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_ALL
));
13051 absentAttr
.SetTextEffectFlags(absentAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags() | (~attr
.GetTextEffectFlags() & 0xFFFF));
13053 long forbiddenFlags
= clashingAttr
.GetFlags()|absentAttr
.GetFlags();
13055 // If different font size units are being used, this is a clash.
13056 if (((attr
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
) | (currentStyle
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
)) == wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
)
13058 currentStyle
.SetFontSize(0);
13059 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
);
13060 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
);
13064 if (attr
.HasFontPointSize() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
))
13066 if (currentStyle
.HasFontPointSize())
13068 if (currentStyle
.GetFontSize() != attr
.GetFontSize())
13070 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13071 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13072 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13076 currentStyle
.SetFontSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
13078 else if (!attr
.HasFontPointSize() && currentStyle
.HasFontPointSize())
13080 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13081 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13084 if (attr
.HasFontPixelSize() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
))
13086 if (currentStyle
.HasFontPixelSize())
13088 if (currentStyle
.GetFontSize() != attr
.GetFontSize())
13090 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13091 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13092 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13096 currentStyle
.SetFontPixelSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
13098 else if (!attr
.HasFontPixelSize() && currentStyle
.HasFontPixelSize())
13100 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13101 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13105 if (attr
.HasFontItalic() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
))
13107 if (currentStyle
.HasFontItalic())
13109 if (currentStyle
.GetFontStyle() != attr
.GetFontStyle())
13111 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13112 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13113 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13117 currentStyle
.SetFontStyle(attr
.GetFontStyle());
13119 else if (!attr
.HasFontItalic() && currentStyle
.HasFontItalic())
13121 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13122 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13125 if (attr
.HasFontFamily() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
))
13127 if (currentStyle
.HasFontFamily())
13129 if (currentStyle
.GetFontFamily() != attr
.GetFontFamily())
13131 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13132 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13133 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13137 currentStyle
.SetFontFamily(attr
.GetFontFamily());
13139 else if (!attr
.HasFontFamily() && currentStyle
.HasFontFamily())
13141 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13142 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13145 if (attr
.HasFontWeight() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
))
13147 if (currentStyle
.HasFontWeight())
13149 if (currentStyle
.GetFontWeight() != attr
.GetFontWeight())
13151 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13152 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13153 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13157 currentStyle
.SetFontWeight(attr
.GetFontWeight());
13159 else if (!attr
.HasFontWeight() && currentStyle
.HasFontWeight())
13161 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13162 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13165 if (attr
.HasFontFaceName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
))
13167 if (currentStyle
.HasFontFaceName())
13169 wxString
faceName1(currentStyle
.GetFontFaceName());
13170 wxString
faceName2(attr
.GetFontFaceName());
13172 if (faceName1
!= faceName2
)
13174 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13175 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13176 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13180 currentStyle
.SetFontFaceName(attr
.GetFontFaceName());
13182 else if (!attr
.HasFontFaceName() && currentStyle
.HasFontFaceName())
13184 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13185 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13188 if (attr
.HasFontUnderlined() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
))
13190 if (currentStyle
.HasFontUnderlined())
13192 if (currentStyle
.GetFontUnderlined() != attr
.GetFontUnderlined())
13194 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13195 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13196 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13200 currentStyle
.SetFontUnderlined(attr
.GetFontUnderlined());
13202 else if (!attr
.HasFontUnderlined() && currentStyle
.HasFontUnderlined())
13204 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13205 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13208 if (attr
.HasFontStrikethrough() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
))
13210 if (currentStyle
.HasFontStrikethrough())
13212 if (currentStyle
.GetFontStrikethrough() != attr
.GetFontStrikethrough())
13214 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13215 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13216 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13220 currentStyle
.SetFontStrikethrough(attr
.GetFontStrikethrough());
13222 else if (!attr
.HasFontStrikethrough() && currentStyle
.HasFontStrikethrough())
13224 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13225 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13228 if (attr
.HasTextColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
))
13230 if (currentStyle
.HasTextColour())
13232 if (currentStyle
.GetTextColour() != attr
.GetTextColour())
13234 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13235 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13236 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13240 currentStyle
.SetTextColour(attr
.GetTextColour());
13242 else if (!attr
.HasTextColour() && currentStyle
.HasTextColour())
13244 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13245 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13248 if (attr
.HasBackgroundColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
))
13250 if (currentStyle
.HasBackgroundColour())
13252 if (currentStyle
.GetBackgroundColour() != attr
.GetBackgroundColour())
13254 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13255 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13256 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13260 currentStyle
.SetBackgroundColour(attr
.GetBackgroundColour());
13262 else if (!attr
.HasBackgroundColour() && currentStyle
.HasBackgroundColour())
13264 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13265 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13268 if (attr
.HasAlignment() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
))
13270 if (currentStyle
.HasAlignment())
13272 if (currentStyle
.GetAlignment() != attr
.GetAlignment())
13274 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13275 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13276 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13280 currentStyle
.SetAlignment(attr
.GetAlignment());
13282 else if (!attr
.HasAlignment() && currentStyle
.HasAlignment())
13284 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13285 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13288 if (attr
.HasTabs() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
))
13290 if (currentStyle
.HasTabs())
13292 if (!wxRichTextTabsEq(currentStyle
.GetTabs(), attr
.GetTabs()))
13294 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13295 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13296 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13300 currentStyle
.SetTabs(attr
.GetTabs());
13302 else if (!attr
.HasTabs() && currentStyle
.HasTabs())
13304 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13305 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13308 if (attr
.HasLeftIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
))
13310 if (currentStyle
.HasLeftIndent())
13312 if (currentStyle
.GetLeftIndent() != attr
.GetLeftIndent() || currentStyle
.GetLeftSubIndent() != attr
.GetLeftSubIndent())
13314 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13315 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13316 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13320 currentStyle
.SetLeftIndent(attr
.GetLeftIndent(), attr
.GetLeftSubIndent());
13322 else if (!attr
.HasLeftIndent() && currentStyle
.HasLeftIndent())
13324 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13325 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13328 if (attr
.HasRightIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
))
13330 if (currentStyle
.HasRightIndent())
13332 if (currentStyle
.GetRightIndent() != attr
.GetRightIndent())
13334 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13335 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13336 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13340 currentStyle
.SetRightIndent(attr
.GetRightIndent());
13342 else if (!attr
.HasRightIndent() && currentStyle
.HasRightIndent())
13344 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13345 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13348 if (attr
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
))
13350 if (currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter())
13352 if (currentStyle
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter() != attr
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter())
13354 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13355 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13356 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13360 currentStyle
.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(attr
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
13362 else if (!attr
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter() && currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter())
13364 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13365 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13368 if (attr
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
))
13370 if (currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore())
13372 if (currentStyle
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore() != attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore())
13374 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13375 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13376 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13380 currentStyle
.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
13382 else if (!attr
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore() && currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore())
13384 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13385 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13388 if (attr
.HasLineSpacing() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
))
13390 if (currentStyle
.HasLineSpacing())
13392 if (currentStyle
.GetLineSpacing() != attr
.GetLineSpacing())
13394 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13395 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13396 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13400 currentStyle
.SetLineSpacing(attr
.GetLineSpacing());
13402 else if (!attr
.HasLineSpacing() && currentStyle
.HasLineSpacing())
13404 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13405 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13408 if (attr
.HasCharacterStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
))
13410 if (currentStyle
.HasCharacterStyleName())
13412 if (currentStyle
.GetCharacterStyleName() != attr
.GetCharacterStyleName())
13414 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13415 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13416 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13420 currentStyle
.SetCharacterStyleName(attr
.GetCharacterStyleName());
13422 else if (!attr
.HasCharacterStyleName() && currentStyle
.HasCharacterStyleName())
13424 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13425 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13428 if (attr
.HasParagraphStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
))
13430 if (currentStyle
.HasParagraphStyleName())
13432 if (currentStyle
.GetParagraphStyleName() != attr
.GetParagraphStyleName())
13434 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13435 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13436 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13440 currentStyle
.SetParagraphStyleName(attr
.GetParagraphStyleName());
13442 else if (!attr
.HasParagraphStyleName() && currentStyle
.HasParagraphStyleName())
13444 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13445 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13448 if (attr
.HasListStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
))
13450 if (currentStyle
.HasListStyleName())
13452 if (currentStyle
.GetListStyleName() != attr
.GetListStyleName())
13454 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13455 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13456 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13460 currentStyle
.SetListStyleName(attr
.GetListStyleName());
13462 else if (!attr
.HasListStyleName() && currentStyle
.HasListStyleName())
13464 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13465 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13468 if (attr
.HasBulletStyle() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
))
13470 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletStyle())
13472 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletStyle() != attr
.GetBulletStyle())
13474 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13475 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13476 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13480 currentStyle
.SetBulletStyle(attr
.GetBulletStyle());
13482 else if (!attr
.HasBulletStyle() && currentStyle
.HasBulletStyle())
13484 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13485 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13488 if (attr
.HasBulletNumber() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
))
13490 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletNumber())
13492 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletNumber() != attr
.GetBulletNumber())
13494 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13495 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13496 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13500 currentStyle
.SetBulletNumber(attr
.GetBulletNumber());
13502 else if (!attr
.HasBulletNumber() && currentStyle
.HasBulletNumber())
13504 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13505 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13508 if (attr
.HasBulletText() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
))
13510 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletText())
13512 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletText() != attr
.GetBulletText())
13514 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13515 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13516 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13521 currentStyle
.SetBulletText(attr
.GetBulletText());
13522 currentStyle
.SetBulletFont(attr
.GetBulletFont());
13525 else if (!attr
.HasBulletText() && currentStyle
.HasBulletText())
13527 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13528 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13531 if (attr
.HasBulletName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
))
13533 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletName())
13535 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletName() != attr
.GetBulletName())
13537 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13538 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13539 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13544 currentStyle
.SetBulletName(attr
.GetBulletName());
13547 else if (!attr
.HasBulletName() && currentStyle
.HasBulletName())
13549 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13550 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13553 if (attr
.HasURL() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
))
13555 if (currentStyle
.HasURL())
13557 if (currentStyle
.GetURL() != attr
.GetURL())
13559 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13560 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13561 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13566 currentStyle
.SetURL(attr
.GetURL());
13569 else if (!attr
.HasURL() && currentStyle
.HasURL())
13571 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13572 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13575 if (attr
.HasTextEffects() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
))
13577 if (currentStyle
.HasTextEffects())
13579 // We need to find the bits in the new attr that are different:
13580 // just look at those bits that are specified by the new attr.
13582 // We need to remove the bits and flags that are not common between current attr
13583 // and new attr. In so doing we need to take account of the styles absent from one or more of the
13584 // previous styles.
13586 int currentRelevantTextEffects
= currentStyle
.GetTextEffects() & attr
.GetTextEffectFlags();
13587 int newRelevantTextEffects
= attr
.GetTextEffects() & attr
.GetTextEffectFlags();
13589 if (currentRelevantTextEffects
!= newRelevantTextEffects
)
13591 // Find the text effects that were different, using XOR
13592 int differentEffects
= currentRelevantTextEffects
^ newRelevantTextEffects
;
13594 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13595 clashingAttr
.SetTextEffectFlags(clashingAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags() | differentEffects
);
13596 currentStyle
.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle
.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~differentEffects
);
13601 currentStyle
.SetTextEffects(attr
.GetTextEffects());
13602 currentStyle
.SetTextEffectFlags(attr
.GetTextEffectFlags());
13605 // Mask out the flags and values that cannot be common because they were absent in one or more objecrs
13606 // that we've looked at so far
13607 currentStyle
.SetTextEffects(currentStyle
.GetTextEffects() & ~absentAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags());
13608 currentStyle
.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle
.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~absentAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags());
13610 if (currentStyle
.GetTextEffectFlags() == 0)
13611 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
);
13613 else if (!attr
.HasTextEffects() && currentStyle
.HasTextEffects())
13615 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
);
13616 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
);
13619 if (attr
.HasOutlineLevel() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
))
13621 if (currentStyle
.HasOutlineLevel())
13623 if (currentStyle
.GetOutlineLevel() != attr
.GetOutlineLevel())
13625 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13626 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13627 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13631 currentStyle
.SetOutlineLevel(attr
.GetOutlineLevel());
13633 else if (!attr
.HasOutlineLevel() && currentStyle
.HasOutlineLevel())
13635 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13636 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13640 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextVariantArray
);
13643 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextAttrArray
);
13645 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties
, wxObject
)
13647 bool wxRichTextProperties::operator==(const wxRichTextProperties
& props
) const
13649 if (m_properties
.GetCount() != props
.GetCount())
13653 for (i
= 0; i
< m_properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13655 const wxVariant
& var1
= m_properties
[i
];
13656 int idx
= props
.Find(var1
.GetName());
13659 const wxVariant
& var2
= props
.m_properties
[idx
];
13660 if (!(var1
== var2
))
13667 wxArrayString
wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyNames() const
13671 for (i
= 0; i
< m_properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13673 arr
.Add(m_properties
[i
].GetName());
13678 int wxRichTextProperties::Find(const wxString
& name
) const
13681 for (i
= 0; i
< m_properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13683 if (m_properties
[i
].GetName() == name
)
13689 bool wxRichTextProperties::Remove(const wxString
& name
)
13691 int idx
= Find(name
);
13694 m_properties
.RemoveAt(idx
);
13701 wxVariant
* wxRichTextProperties::FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString
& name
)
13703 int idx
= Find(name
);
13704 if (idx
== wxNOT_FOUND
)
13705 SetProperty(name
, wxString());
13707 if (idx
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
13709 return & (*this)[idx
];
13715 const wxVariant
& wxRichTextProperties::GetProperty(const wxString
& name
) const
13717 static const wxVariant nullVariant
;
13718 int idx
= Find(name
);
13720 return m_properties
[idx
];
13722 return nullVariant
;
13725 wxString
wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyString(const wxString
& name
) const
13727 return GetProperty(name
).GetString();
13730 long wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyLong(const wxString
& name
) const
13732 return GetProperty(name
).GetLong();
13735 bool wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyBool(const wxString
& name
) const
13737 return GetProperty(name
).GetBool();
13740 double wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyDouble(const wxString
& name
) const
13742 return GetProperty(name
).GetDouble();
13745 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxVariant
& variant
)
13747 wxASSERT(!variant
.GetName().IsEmpty());
13749 int idx
= Find(variant
.GetName());
13752 m_properties
.Add(variant
);
13754 m_properties
[idx
] = variant
;
13757 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, const wxVariant
& variant
)
13759 int idx
= Find(name
);
13760 wxVariant
var(variant
);
13764 m_properties
.Add(var
);
13766 m_properties
[idx
] = var
;
13769 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, const wxString
& value
)
13771 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13774 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, long value
)
13776 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13779 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, double value
)
13781 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13784 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, bool value
)
13786 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13789 void wxRichTextProperties::RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
)
13792 for (i
= 0; i
< properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13794 wxString name
= properties
.GetProperties()[i
].GetName();
13795 if (HasProperty(name
))
13800 void wxRichTextProperties::MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
)
13803 for (i
= 0; i
< properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13805 SetProperty(properties
.GetProperties()[i
]);
13809 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextObjectAddress::GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* topLevelContainer
) const
13811 if (m_address
.GetCount() == 0)
13812 return topLevelContainer
;
13814 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* p
= topLevelContainer
;
13816 while (p
&& i
< m_address
.GetCount())
13818 int pos
= m_address
[i
];
13819 wxASSERT(pos
>= 0 && pos
< (int) p
->GetChildren().GetCount());
13820 if (pos
< 0 || pos
>= (int) p
->GetChildren().GetCount())
13823 wxRichTextObject
* p1
= p
->GetChild(pos
);
13824 if (i
== (m_address
.GetCount()-1))
13827 p
= wxDynamicCast(p1
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
13833 bool wxRichTextObjectAddress::Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* topLevelContainer
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
13837 if (topLevelContainer
== obj
)
13840 wxRichTextObject
* o
= obj
;
13843 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* p
= wxDynamicCast(o
->GetParent(), wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
13847 int pos
= p
->GetChildren().IndexOf(o
);
13851 m_address
.Insert(pos
, 0);
13853 if (p
== topLevelContainer
)
13862 bool wxRichTextSelection::operator==(const wxRichTextSelection
& sel
) const
13864 if (m_container
!= sel
.m_container
)
13866 if (m_ranges
.GetCount() != sel
.m_ranges
.GetCount())
13869 for (i
= 0; i
< m_ranges
.GetCount(); i
++)
13870 if (!(m_ranges
[i
] == sel
.m_ranges
[i
]))
13875 // Get the selections appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION if none
13876 // or none at the level of the object's container.
13877 wxRichTextRangeArray
wxRichTextSelection::GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
13881 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= obj
->GetParentContainer();
13883 if (container
== m_container
)
13886 container
= obj
->GetContainer();
13889 if (container
->GetParent())
13891 // If we found that our object's container is within the range of
13892 // a selection higher up, then assume the whole original object
13893 // is also selected.
13894 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* parentContainer
= container
->GetParentContainer();
13895 if (parentContainer
== m_container
)
13897 if (WithinSelection(container
->GetRange().GetStart(), m_ranges
))
13899 wxRichTextRangeArray ranges
;
13900 ranges
.Add(obj
->GetRange());
13905 container
= parentContainer
;
13914 return wxRichTextRangeArray();
13917 // Is the given position within the selection?
13918 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
13924 wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges
= GetSelectionForObject(obj
);
13925 return WithinSelection(pos
, selectionRanges
);
13929 // Is the given position within the selection range?
13930 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos
, const wxRichTextRangeArray
& ranges
)
13933 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges
.GetCount(); i
++)
13935 const wxRichTextRange
& range
= ranges
[i
];
13936 if (pos
>= range
.GetStart() && pos
<= range
.GetEnd())
13942 // Is the given range completely within the selection range?
13943 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextRangeArray
& ranges
)
13946 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges
.GetCount(); i
++)
13948 const wxRichTextRange
& eachRange
= ranges
[i
];
13949 if (range
.IsWithin(eachRange
))
13955 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingHandler
, wxObject
)
13956 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingContext
, wxObject
)
13958 wxRichTextDrawingContext::wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
13962 if (m_buffer
&& m_buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
13963 EnableVirtualAttributes(m_buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetVirtualAttributesEnabled());
13966 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
13968 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
13971 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
13974 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
13975 if (handler
->HasVirtualAttributes(obj
))
13978 node
= node
->GetNext();
13983 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
13985 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
13986 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
13989 // We apply all handlers, so we can may combine several different attributes
13990 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
13993 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
13994 if (handler
->HasVirtualAttributes(obj
))
13996 bool success
= handler
->GetVirtualAttributes(attr
, obj
);
13998 wxUnusedVar(success
);
14001 node
= node
->GetNext();
14006 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14008 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14011 if (HasVirtualAttributes(obj
))
14013 wxRichTextAttr
a(GetVirtualAttributes(obj
));
14021 int wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14023 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14026 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14029 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14030 int count
= handler
->GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(obj
);
14034 node
= node
->GetNext();
14039 int wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject
* obj
, wxArrayInt
& positions
, wxRichTextAttrArray
& attributes
) const
14041 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14044 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14047 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14048 if (handler
->GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(obj
, positions
, attributes
))
14049 return positions
.GetCount();
14051 node
= node
->GetNext();
14056 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
) const
14058 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14061 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14064 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14065 if (handler
->HasVirtualText(obj
))
14068 node
= node
->GetNext();
14073 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
, wxString
& text
) const
14075 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14078 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14081 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14082 if (handler
->GetVirtualText(obj
, text
))
14085 node
= node
->GetNext();
14090 /// Adds a handler to the end
14091 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
)
14093 sm_drawingHandlers
.Append(handler
);
14096 /// Inserts a handler at the front
14097 void wxRichTextBuffer::InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
)
14099 sm_drawingHandlers
.Insert( handler
);
14102 /// Removes a handler
14103 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString
& name
)
14105 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= FindDrawingHandler(name
);
14108 sm_drawingHandlers
.DeleteObject(handler
);
14116 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindDrawingHandler(const wxString
& name
)
14118 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_drawingHandlers
.GetFirst();
14121 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14122 if (handler
->GetName().Lower() == name
.Lower()) return handler
;
14124 node
= node
->GetNext();
14129 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpDrawingHandlers()
14131 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_drawingHandlers
.GetFirst();
14134 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
* handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14135 wxList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
14140 sm_drawingHandlers
.Clear();
14143 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType
*fieldType
)
14145 sm_fieldTypes
[fieldType
->GetName()] = fieldType
;
14148 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveFieldType(const wxString
& name
)
14150 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap::iterator it
= sm_fieldTypes
.find(name
);
14151 if (it
== sm_fieldTypes
.end())
14155 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= it
->second
;
14156 sm_fieldTypes
.erase(it
);
14162 wxRichTextFieldType
*wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(const wxString
& name
)
14164 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap::iterator it
= sm_fieldTypes
.find(name
);
14165 if (it
== sm_fieldTypes
.end())
14171 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpFieldTypes()
14173 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap::iterator it
;
14174 for( it
= sm_fieldTypes
.begin(); it
!= sm_fieldTypes
.end(); ++it
)
14176 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= it
->second
;
14180 sm_fieldTypes
.clear();